WO2008067045A2 - Crystals and structures of ron kinase - Google Patents

Crystals and structures of ron kinase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008067045A2
WO2008067045A2 PCT/US2007/080991 US2007080991W WO2008067045A2 WO 2008067045 A2 WO2008067045 A2 WO 2008067045A2 US 2007080991 W US2007080991 W US 2007080991W WO 2008067045 A2 WO2008067045 A2 WO 2008067045A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protein
binding pocket
compound
ronkd
structural coordinates
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/080991
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008067045A3 (en
Inventor
Gordon V. Louie
Sean Grant Buchanan
Marijane Russell
Jason Adams
Richard Romero
Original Assignee
Sgx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sgx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Sgx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Publication of WO2008067045A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008067045A2/en
Publication of WO2008067045A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008067045A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/10Transferases (2.)
    • C12N9/12Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2299/00Coordinates from 3D structures of peptides, e.g. proteins or enzymes

Definitions

  • the invention concerns crystalline forms of polypeptides that correspond to the kinase domain of RON Kinase domain, (RONKD), methods of obtaining such crystals, and to the high-resolution x-ray diffraction structures and molecular structure coordinates obtained therefrom.
  • the crystals of the disclosed invention and the atomic structural information obtained therefrom are useful, for example, for solving the crystal and solution structures of related and unrelated proteins, for screening for, identifying, and/or designing protein analogues and modified proteins, and for screening for, identifying and/or designing compounds that bind to and/or modulate a biological activity of RON, including inhibitors and activators of RON activity.
  • the disclosed invention describes the 3 -dimensional structure of the kinase domain of human RON kinase.
  • the protein Ron (recepteur d'origine nantais) is a receptor protein tyrosine kinase. It is a member of a small subfamily of receptor protein tyrosine kinases that includes the human proto-oncogene Met. Ron is expressed primarily in epithelial tissues, such the skin, lung, kidney, colon, and breast, and also in macrophages.
  • the macrophage-stimulating protein (MSP) has been identified as an (the) activating ligand recognized by Ron.
  • Ron tyrosine-kinase activity
  • SOS tyrosine-kinase activity
  • Ras Ras
  • PI-3K MAPK/Erk 1/2
  • JNK beta-catenin
  • FAK integrins
  • Smad 2/3 Smad 2/3
  • NF-kappaB effector proteins
  • the affected cellular responses are important in cell development and homeostasis, and include proliferation, transformation, motility, cell-cell dissociation, matrix invasiveness, and morphogenesis.
  • Abnormal Ron activity has been shown to be associated with human cancers of the lung, gastrointestinal tract, liver, and breast.
  • the mature Ron protein is a transmembrane, heterodimer of two polypeptide chains, alpha (40 kilodaltons) and beta (150 kilodaltons).
  • the alpha and beta chains are derived by proteolytic processing from a single-chain precursor, and are joined by a disulfide bond.
  • the mature Ron polypeptide forms several distinct protein domains.
  • the alpha chain which is derived from the N-terminal portion of the full-length precursor, and the first domain of the beta chain (called the Sema domain) have an extracellular location, and function to recognize and bind the ligand, MSP.
  • the Sema domain is followed by a glycine-proline-rich repeat, which precedes the single-pass transmembrane segment.
  • the intracellular portion of Ron consists of the tyrosine-kinase domain, followed by a C- terminal tail which functions in recruiting substrate proteins.
  • the normal mode of Ron activation is typically ligand (MSP) dependent, but may also be independent of ligand. Activation proceeds through homo-dimerization of the Ron protein. The subsequent auto-phosphorylation at several tyrosine side chains within the Ron kinase domain and the C-terminal tail, is reported to lead elevated activity of the tyrosine kinase.
  • MSP ligand
  • the 3 dimensional structure of RON may be useful, for example, for identifying novel therapeutic compounds that can modulate protein kinase activity, and for treatment of conditions mediated by human signal transduction kinase activity such as cancer, for example, gastrointestinal, lung, liver, and breast cancer.
  • the disclosed invention provides crystalline RONKD, its molecular structure in atomic detail, homologs and mutants of the structure as well as co-crystals of RONKD and a ligand.
  • the disclosed invention also provides methods of using a disclosed structure to identify and design compounds that modulate the activity of RON, methods of preparing identified and/or designed compounds, methods of affecting cell motility, cell growth and/or viability, and thus treating diseases or conditions, by modulating RON activity, and methods of identifying and designing mutant RONs.
  • Knowledge of the structure of RONKD may be useful in the development of novel compounds regulating cell proliferation, cell migration, differentiation, cytoskeletal organization, gene expression, cell cycle progression, cell death, angiogenesis, invasion, and/or metastasis.
  • RONKD may also be used to model the structure of kinases with related ligand binding sites, such as, for example, MET, RYK, AXL, MER, and/or TYRO3/SKY and other tyrosine kinases such as for example, ephrin receptors.
  • RON activity is meant RON kinase activity, binding activity, imunogenicity, or any enzymatic activity of the RON protein, or the RON kinase domain alone. Binding activity includes the association of RON, or a fragment thereof, with a ligand in a crystal structure.
  • RON activity may be assayed, where appropriate, using all or a portion of the entire RON molecule.
  • the RON kinase domain alone may be used in kinase, binding, immunogenicity, or other RON enzymatic activities.
  • a modulator, inhibitor, or activator of RON protein may also be a modulator, inhibitor, or activator of the RON kinase domain, and modulation, inhibition or activation of RON activity may be assayed by assaying the modulation, inhibition, or activation of RON kinase domain activity.
  • portions of the RON molecule in addition to the RONKD may be used in the assay.
  • an assay may be performed to determine modulation, inhibition, or activation of RON.
  • the disclosed invention provides purified RONKD, and methods of purifying RONKD.
  • RONKD may be sufficiently pure such that it may be used to prepare diffraction quality crystals, including co-crystals with a ligand.
  • the purified RONKD may be predominantly, or entirely, of one phosphorylation state.
  • the disclosed invention provides a crystal comprising RON or RONKD peptides in preferrred crystalline form.
  • the crystal is diffraction quality.
  • the crystals of the disclosed invention include, for example, crystals of wild type RONKD, crystals of mutated RONKD, native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals, and crystals of RONKD homologs or RONKD mutants, such as, but not limited to, selenomethionine or selenocysteine mutants, mutants comprising conservative alterations in amino acid residues, and truncated or extended mutants.
  • the crystals of the disclosed invention also include co-crystals, in which crystallized RONKD is in association with one or more compounds, including but not limited to, cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogs, inhibitors, activators, agonists, antagonists, modulators, allosteric effectors, etc., to form a crystalline co-complex.
  • compounds including but not limited to, cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogs, inhibitors, activators, agonists, antagonists, modulators, allosteric effectors, etc.
  • Such compounds may or may not bind a catalytic or active site of RONKD within the crystal.
  • such compounds stably interact with another binding pocket of RONKD within the crystal.
  • the co-crystals may be native co-crystals, in which the co-complex is substantially pure, or they may be heavy-atom derivative co-crystals, in which the co- complex is in association with one or more heavy-metal atoms, preferably heavy-metal atoms that promote anomalous scattering.
  • the crystals of the disclosed invention are of sufficient quality to permit the determination of the three-dimensional x-ray diffraction structure of the crystalline polypeptide to high resolution, for example, to a resolution of better than 3 A, or, at least lA and up to about 3 A, and more typically a resolution of greater than 1.5A and up to 2A or about 2A, or 2.5A or about 2.5A.
  • the disclosed invention also provides methods of making the crystals of the invention.
  • crystals of the invention are grown by dissolving substantially pure polypeptide in an aqueous buffer that includes a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the polypeptide. Water is then removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until the crystal forms and the size of the crystal is appropriate.
  • Co-crystals of the disclosed invention are prepared by soaking a native crystal prepared according to the above method in a liquor comprising the compound of the desired co-complex.
  • the co-crystals may be prepared by co-crystallizing the polypeptide in the presence of the compound according to the method discussed above.
  • Heavy-atom derivative crystals of the disclosed invention may be prepared by soaking native crystals or co-crystals prepared according to the above method in a liquor comprising a salt of a heavy atom or an organometallic compound.
  • heavy- atom derivative crystals may be prepared by crystallizing a polypeptide comprising modified amino acids, for example, selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine residues according to the methods described above for preparing native crystals.
  • a method for determining the three-dimensional structure of a RONKD crystal comprising the steps of providing a crystal of the disclosed invention; and analyzing the crystal by x-ray diffraction to determine the three-dimensional structure.
  • the disclosed invention provides for the production of three-dimensional structural information (or "data") from the crystals of the invention.
  • Such information may be in the form of structural coordinates that define the three-dimensional structure of RONKD in a crystal and/or co-crystal.
  • the structural coordinates may define the three- dimensional structure of a portion of RONKD in the crystal.
  • portions of RONKD include the catalytic or active site, and a binding pocket.
  • the structural coordinate information may include other structural information, such as vector representations of the molecular structures coordinates, and be stored or compiled in the form of a database, optionally in electronic form.
  • the disclosed invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising obtaining three-dimensional structural coordinates defining RONKD or a binding pocket of RONKD, from a crystal of RONKD; and introducing said structural coordinates into a computer to produce a database containing the molecular structural coordinates of RONKD or said binding pocket.
  • the disclosed invention also provides databases produced by such methods.
  • the disclosed invention provides for the use of identifiers of structural information to be all or part of the information defining the three- dimensional structure of RONKD so that all or part of the actual structural information need not be present.
  • identifiers which reference structural coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure, substructure or shape may be used in place of the actual coordinate information.
  • Such reference structural information is optionally stored separately from the identifiers used to define the three- dimensional structure of RONKD.
  • a non-limiting example is the use of an identifier for an alpha helix structure in place of the coordinates of the helical structure, or the use of distances and angles to represent the structure.
  • the disclosed invention provides computer machine-readable media containing, or embedded with, the three-dimensional structural information obtained from the crystals of the invention, or portions or substrates thereof.
  • the disclosed invention also provides methods for the introduction of the structural information into a computer readable medium, optionally as a computer readable database.
  • the types of machine- or computer-readable media into which the structural information is embedded or placed typically include magnetic tape, floppy discs, hard disc storage media, optical discs, CD-ROM, electrical storage media such as RAM or ROM, and hybrids of any of these storage media.
  • Such media further include paper that may be read by a scanning device and converted into a three-dimensional structure with, for example, optical character recognition (OCR) software.
  • OCR optical character recognition
  • the sheet of paper presents the molecular structure coordinates of crystalline polypeptide of the disclosed invention that are converted into, for example, a spread sheet by OCR software.
  • the machine- readable media of the disclosed invention may further comprise additional information that is useful for representing the three-dimensional structure, including, but not limited to, thermal parameters, chain identifiers, and connectivity information.
  • additional information that is useful for representing the three-dimensional structure, including, but not limited to, thermal parameters, chain identifiers, and connectivity information.
  • Various machine-readable media are provided in the disclosed invention.
  • a machine-readable medium is provided that is embedded with, or used to store, information defining a three-dimensional structural representation of any of the crystals of the disclosed invention, or a fragment or portion thereof.
  • the information may be in the form of molecular structure coordinates, such as, for example, those of Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
  • the information may include an identifier used to reference a particular 3 -dimensional structure, substructure or shape.
  • the machine-readable medium may be embedded with, or used to store, the molecular structure coordinates of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD active site, active site homolog, binding pocket or binding pocket homolog.
  • the various machine-readable media of the disclosed invention may also comprise data corresponding to a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog in association with a compound or molecule bound to the protein, such as in a co-crystal.
  • the molecular structure coordinates and machine-readable media of the disclosed invention have a variety of uses.
  • the coordinates are useful for solving the three-dimensional x-ray diffraction and/or solution structures of other proteins, including mutant RONKD, co-complexes comprising RONKD, and unrelated proteins, to high resolution.
  • Structural information may also be used in a variety of molecular modeling and computer-based screening applications to, for example, intelligently design mutants of the crystallized RONKD that have altered biological activity and to computationally design and identify compounds that bind the polypeptide or a portion or fragment of the polypeptide, such as a subunit, a domain or an active site.
  • Such compounds may be used directly or as lead compounds in pharmaceutical efforts to identify compounds that affect RONKD activity.
  • Compounds that bind to the polypeptide, or to a portion or fragment thereof may be used as, for example, therapeutic agents.
  • the disclosed invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program, superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the binding pocket, assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the binding pocket of RONKD and storing a representation of a compound that fits into the binding pocket into a computer readable database.
  • the database used to store the representation of a compound may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD.
  • the disclosed invention further provides for the electronic transmission of any structural information resulting from the practice of the invention, such as by telephonic, computer implemented, microwave mediated, and satellite mediated means as non-limiting examples.
  • the molecular structure coordinates and/or machine- readable media associated with RONKD structure may also be used in the production of three-dimensional structural information (or "data") of a compound capable of binding RONKD.
  • data may be in the form of structural coordinates that define the three-dimensional structure of a compound, optionally in combination or with reference to structural components of RONKD.
  • the structure coordinates of the compound are determined and presented (or represented) relative to the structure coordinates of the protein.
  • identifiers of structural information are used to represent all or part of the information defining the three-dimensional structure of a compound so that all or part of the actual structural information need not be present.
  • the structural coordinates of pyrophosphate may be substituted by an identifier representing the structure of pyrophosphate, such as the name, chemical formula or other chemical representation.
  • an identifier representing the structure of pyrophosphate such as the name, chemical formula or other chemical representation.
  • Any compound capable of binding RONKD may be represented by chemical name, chemical or molecular formula, chemical structure, and/or other identifying information.
  • the compound CH 3 CH 2 OH may be represented by names such as ethanol or ethyl alcohol, abbreviations such as EtOH, chemical or molecular formulas such as CH 3 CH 2 OH or C 2 H 5 OH or C 2 H 6 O, and/or by structural representations in two or three dimensions.
  • names such as ethanol or ethyl alcohol, abbreviations such as EtOH, chemical or molecular formulas such as CH 3 CH 2 OH or C 2 H 5 OH or C 2 H 6 O, and/or by structural representations in two or three dimensions.
  • Non-limiting examples of the latter include Fisher projections, electron density maps and representations, space filling models, and the following:
  • Non-limiting examples of other identifying information include Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) Registry numbers and physical or chemical properties indicative of the compound (such as, but not limited to, NMR spectra, IR spectra, MS spectra, GC profiles, and melting point).
  • CAS Chemical Abstract Service
  • the disclosed invention provides for the use of a variety of methods, including a) the superimposition of structures of known compounds on the structure of RONKD or a portion thereof, b) the determination of a "pharmacophore" structure which binds RONKD, and c) the determination of substructure(s) of compounds, wherein the substructure(s) interact with RONKD.
  • the structural coordinate information may include other structural information, such as vector representations of the molecular structures coordinates, and be stored or compiled in the form of a database, optionally in electronic form.
  • the invention includes the computational screening of a three- dimensional structural representation of RONKD or a portion thereof, or a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog, with a plurality of chemical compounds and chemical entities.
  • the disclosed invention provides a method of identifying at least one compound that potentially binds to RONKD, comprising, constructing a three-dimensional structure of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog, or constructing a three-dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket, and computationally screening a plurality of compounds using the constructed structure, and identifying at least one compound that computationally binds to the structure.
  • the method further comprises determining whether the compound binds RONKD.
  • the invention includes the computational screening of a plurality of chemical compounds to determine which compound(s), or portion(s) thereof, fit a pharmacophore determined as fitting within a RONKD binding pocket.
  • the structures of chemical compounds may be screened to identify which compound(s), or portion(s) thereof, is encompassed by the parameters of an identified pharmacophore.
  • pharmacophore refers to the structural characteristics determined as necessary for a chemical moiety to fit or bind a RONKD binding pocket.
  • a non- limiting example of a pharmacophore is a description of the electronic characteristics necessary for interaction with a binding site. These characteristics may be representations of the ground and excited state wave functions of a pharmacophore, including specification of known expansions of such functions. Representations of a pharmacophore contain the chemical moieties, and/or atoms thereof, within the pharmacophore as well as their electronic characteristics and their 3 -dimensional arrangement in space. Other representations may also be used because different chemical moieties may have similar characteristics.
  • a non-limiting example is seen in the case of a -SH moiety at a particular position, which has similar characteristics to a -OH moiety at the same position. Chemical moieties that may be substituted for each other within a pharmacophore are referred to as "homologous".
  • the disclosed invention thus provides methods for producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, determining a pharmacophore that fits within said binding pocket, computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) or portion(s) thereof fit said pharmacophore, and storing a representation of said compound(s) or portion(s) thereof into a computer readable database.
  • the database may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD. Determination of a pharmacophore that fits may be performed by any means known in the art.
  • the invention includes the computational screening of a plurality of chemical compounds to determine which compounds comprise a substructure that interacts with RONKD.
  • the invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, determining a chemical moiety that interacts with said binding pocket, computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) comprise said moiety as a substructure of said compound(s), and storing a representation of said compound(s) and/or said moiety into a computer readable database which may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD.
  • a method for producing structural information of a compound capable of binding RONKD by selecting at least one compound that potentially binds to RONKD.
  • the method comprises constructing a three-dimensional structure of RONKD having structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig.
  • the conformation of the protein may be altered.
  • Useful compounds may bind to this altered conformational form.
  • methods of producing structural information of a compound capable of binding RONKD by selecting compounds that potentially bind to a RONKD molecule or homolog where the molecule or homolog comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, and more preferably at least 90% identical to the amino acid sequence of Fig. 2, using, for example, a PSI BLAST search, such as, but not limited to version 2.2.2 (Altschul, S.F., et al., Nuc.
  • At least 50%, more preferably at least 70% of the sequence is aligned in this analysis and where at least 50%, more preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, more preferably 80%, and most preferably 90% of the amino acids of the molecule or homolog have structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig.
  • the selected compounds thus provide information concerning the structure of compounds that bind RON.
  • structural information of a compound capable of binding RON may be stored in machine-readable form as described above for RON structural information.
  • a method is provided of identifying a modulator of RON by rational drug design, comprising; designing a potential modulator of RON that forms covalent or non-covalent bonds with amino acids in a binding pocket of RON based on the molecular structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, or based on the molecular structure coordinates of a molecule comprising a RON binding pocket or binding pocket homolog; synthesizing the modulator; and determining whether the potential modulator affects the activity of RON.
  • the binding pocket may, for example, comprise the active site of RON.
  • the binding pocket may instead comprise an allosteric binding pocket of RON.
  • a modulator may be, for example, an inhibitor, an activator, or an allosteric modulator of RON.
  • Other methods of designing modulators of RON include, for example, a method for identifying a modulator of RON activity comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a 3-dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of RON, or binding pocket homolog; providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates of a chemical entity; using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog; and determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said molecule; wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation, including, for example, inhibition of RON activity.
  • a method for designing a modulator of RON activity comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of RON, or binding pocket homolog; providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, of a chemical entity; using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog; computationally modifying the structure coordinates or 3 -dimensional conformation of said chemical entity; and determining whether said modified chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said molecule; wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation of RON activity.
  • determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog, of the molecule or molecular complex; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog.
  • the method further comprises screening a library of chemical entities.
  • the RON modulator may also be designed de novo.
  • the disclosed invention also provides a method for designing a modulator of RON, comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3- dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket having the structure coordinates of the binding pocket of RON, or a binding pocket homolog; computationally building a chemical entity represented by set of structure coordinates; and determining whether the chemical entity is a modulator expected to bind to or interfere with the molecule wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation of RON activity.
  • determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the molecule or molecular complex, or a binding pocket homolog; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket, or a binding pocket homolog.
  • the potential modulator may be supplied or synthesized, then assayed to determine whether it inhibits RON activity.
  • the molecular structure coordinates and/or machine-readable media associated with the RON structure and/or a compound capable of binding RONKD may be used in the production of compounds capable of binding RON. Methods for the production of such compounds include the preparation of an initial compound containing chemical groups most likely to bind or interact with residues of RONKD based upon the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD and/or a compound capable of binding it.
  • Such an initial compound may also be viewed as a scaffold comprising one or more reactive moieties (chemical groups) that are capable of binding or interacting with RON residues.
  • the initial compound may be further optimized for binding to RON by introduction of additional chemical groups for increased interactions with RONKD residues.
  • An initial compound may thus comprise reactive groups which may be used to introduce one or more additional chemical groups into the compound.
  • the introduction of additional groups may also be at positions of an initial compound that do not result in interactions with RON residues, but rather improve other characteristics of the compound, such as, but not limited to, stability against degradation, handling or storage, solubility in hydrophilic and hydrophobic environments, and overall charge dynamics of the compound.
  • the disclosed invention also provides modulators of RON activity identified, designed, or made according to any of the methods of the disclosed invention, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such modulators.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a salt, and may further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a modulator may be identified or confirmed as an activator or inhibitor by contacting a protein that comprises a RON active site or binding pocket with said modulator and determining whether it activates or inhibits the activity of the protein.
  • the activity may be RON activity.
  • a naturally occurring RON protein may also be used in such methods.
  • Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method of modulating RON activity comprising contacting RON with a modulator designed or identified according to the disclosed invention.
  • Methods include methods of treating a disease or condition associated with inappropriate RON activity comprising the method of administering by, for example, contacting cells of an individual with a RON modulator designed or identified according to the disclosed invention.
  • the term "inappropriate activity” refers to RON activity that is higher or lower than that in normal cells.
  • the molecular structure coordinates and/or machine-readable media of the invention may also be used in identification of active sites and binding pockets of RONKD. Methods for the identification of such sites and pockets are known in the art.
  • the techniques include the use of sequence comparisons, such as that shown in Figure 3, to identify regions of homology or conserved substitutions which define conserved structure among different forms of RONKD.
  • the techniques may also include comparisons of structure with other proteins with the same activities as RON to identify the structural components (e.g. amino acid residues and/or their arrangement in three dimensions) of the active sites and binding pockets.
  • a method for producing a mutant of RON, having an altered property relative to RON comprising, a) constructing a three-dimensional structure of RONKD having structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structure coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of the protein of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25 A, preferably up to about lA, preferably up to about 0.75A, preferably up to about 0.5A, and preferably up to about 0.25 A, when compared to the structure coordinates of Fig.
  • the mutant may, for example, have altered RON activity.
  • the altered RON activity may be, for example, altered binding activity, altered enzymatic activity, and altered immunogenicity, such as, for example, where an epitope of the protein is altered because of the mutation.
  • the mutation that alters the epitope may be, for example, within the region of the protein that comprises the epitope. Or, the mutation may be, for example, at a site outside of the epitope region, yet causes a conformational change in the epitope region. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the region that contains the epitope may comprise either contiguous or non-contiguous amino acids.
  • Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method for obtaining structural information about a molecule or a molecular complex of unknown structure comprising: crystallizing the molecule or molecular complex; generating an x-ray diffraction pattern from the crystallized molecule or molecular complex; and using a molecular replacement method to interpret the structure of said molecule; wherein said molecular replacement method uses the structure coordinates of Fig.
  • structure coordinates having a root mean square deviation for the alpha-carbon atoms of said structure coordinates of up to about 2. ⁇ A, preferably up to about 1.75A, preferably up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about l.OA, preferably up to about 0.75A, the structure coordinates of the binding pocket of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a binding pocket homolog.
  • the coordinates of the resulting structure are stored in a computer readable database as described herein.
  • a method is provided of using the RONKD structure coordinates, or the RONKD binding site, active site, or accessory binding site structure coordinates as an anti-target in rational drug design.
  • the protein structure information is useful to design compounds that do not bind to, interact with, or modulate the activity of the protein.
  • one aspect of the disclosed invention comprises the use of anti-target structures to assist in selecting a compound that modulates the target, but does not modulate RON, or does not modulate RON in sufficient amount to cause a detrimental side affect.
  • the target may, for example, be another kinase.
  • a method is provided of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a target protein, comprising: a) introducing into a computer program information derived from structural coordinates defining an active site conformation of a target protein molecule based upon three-dimensional structure determination, wherein said program utilizes or displays the three-dimensional structure thereof; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site cavity of said target protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a model of a test compound on the model of said active site of said target protein; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site of said target protein; e) generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a computer program; f) superimposing a model of said test compound on the model of said target protein
  • the binding pocket of the RONKD protein may be, for example, an active site or an accessory binding site.
  • Said target protein may be a kinase.
  • the test compound model may or may not fit spatially into the binding pocket of said RONKD protein.
  • the method may further comprise performing a fitting operation to computationally analyze the association between the test compound and the RONKD protein.
  • the test compound may bind with greater efficiency to the target protein than to the RONKD protein; the test compound likely does not bind to the RONKD protein.
  • a method for homology modeling of a RONKD homolog comprising: aligning the amino acid sequence of a RONKD homolog with an amino acid sequence of RONKD; incorporating the sequence of the RONKD homolog into a model of the structure of RONKD, wherein said model has the same structure coordinates as the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or wherein the structure coordinates of said model's alpha-carbon atoms have a root mean square deviation from the structure coordinates of Fig.
  • the invention also provides RONKD in crystalline form, as well as a computer or machine readable medium containing information that reflects the 3 -dimensional structure of such crystals and/or compounds that interact with them.
  • a method of producing a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of a compound capable of binding the active site or binding pocket of a RONKD but not another protein molecule comprises a) introducing into a computer program information concerning the structure of RONKD; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of RONKD; e) assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein; and f) storing the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database.
  • An alternative form of such a method produces a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a compound capable of specifically binding the active site or binding pocket of RONKD, said method comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database containing the structural coordinates of RONKD, generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program, superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket, assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of RONKD, assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein, and storing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database.
  • such methods may be used to determine that compounds identified as binding other proteins do not bind RONKD
  • the invention also provides methods comprising the production of a co-crystal of a compound and RONKD.
  • Such co-crystals may be used in a variety of ways, including the determination of structural coordinates of the compound and/or RONKD, or a binding pocket thereof, in the co-crystal. Such coordinates may be introduced and/or stored in a computer readable database in accordance with the disclosed invention for further use.
  • the invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in a co-crystal with a compound, said methods comprising preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by any method described herein, forming a co- crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of RONKD, obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal, and introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co-crystal into a computer-readable database.
  • the invention further provides for a combination of such methods with rational compound design by providing methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in a co- crystal with a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding said binding pocket, said methods comprising preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by any method described herein, forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of RONKD, obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal, and introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co-crystal into a computer-readable database.
  • the invention provides a method of comparing a RON or RONKD structure in a co-crystal with a compound or ligand to another RON or RONKD structure, such as that in a corresponding crystal without the compound or ligand, to identify the similarities and differences therebetween.
  • the method optionally further comprises using one or more similarities and/or differences to design a compound or ligand structure which binds RON or RONKD.
  • the disclosed invention provides RON or RONKD t protein, or a functional RONKD protein subunit, in crystalline form.
  • the protein may be in a heavy-atom derivative crystal; the protein may be a mutant.
  • the crystalline protein is characterized by a set of structural coordinates that is substantially similar to the set of structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
  • the invention provides a crystal comprising RON protein and a ligand.
  • Also provided in the disclosed invention are methods for identifying a ligand that binds RON protein, comprising; a) forming a co-crystal of a test ligand and RON protein; b) analyzing said co-crystal using x-ray crystallography; and using said analysis to determine whether said test ligand binds RON protein.
  • the co-crystal may be obtained by soaking a RON protein crystal in a solution comprising said test ligand.
  • the co-crystal may be obtained by co-crystallizing RON protein in the presence of said test ligand.
  • Also provided in the disclosed invention is a machine-readable medium containing or embedded with information that corresponds to a three-dimensional structural representation of a crystalline protein of the invention.
  • the machine-readable medium may store or be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 50% of the coordinates thereof.
  • the machine-readable medium may store of be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 80% of the coordinates thereof.
  • the machine-readable medium may store or be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD protein binding pocket.
  • binding pocket may comprise for example, an active site, or an accessory binding site.
  • Binding pockets of the disclosed invention may comprise at least three, at least four, at least five, or at least seven amino acids selected from the group consisting of His, Pro,
  • Binding pockets of the disclosed invention may comprise at least three, at least four, at least five, or at least seven amino acids selected from the group consisting of
  • the binding pocket may comprise Asn or Asp.
  • the binding pocket may comprise Asnl 64 or Aspl 77.
  • the disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) obtaining three- dimensional structural coordinates defining said protein or a binding pocket of said protein, from a crystal of said protein; and b) introducing said structural coordinates into a computer to produce a database containing the molecular structural coordinates of said protein or said binding pocket.
  • the binding pocket of said protein may be part of a co-complex with at least one ligand.
  • Said computer may be capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure comprising said binding pocket using said structural coordinates.
  • Said computer may be capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure comprising said binding pocket using said structural coordinates.
  • a computer readable database produced by such methods, as well as methods comprising electronic transmission of all or part of such a computer readable database.
  • the disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by a method of the invention; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the binding pocket of said RONKD protein; and e) storing a representation of a compound that fits into the binding pocket into a computer readable database.
  • the methods may further comprise f) preparing a binding test compound represented in said computer readable database; g) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said RONKD protein binding pocket; h) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and i) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer readable database.
  • said representation is stored in said database.
  • the compound representations of the disclosed invention may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound.
  • Generating the three-dimensional representation of the binding pocket may comprise use of structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket of less than 2. ⁇ A from the structural coordinates of the corresponding residues according to Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
  • said at least one binding test compound is selected by a method selected from i) selecting a compound from a small molecule database, (ii) modifying a known inhibitor, substrate, reaction intermediate, or reaction product, or a portion thereof, of RONKD, (iii) assembling chemical fragments or groups into a compound, and (iv) de novo ligand design of said compound.
  • said assessing of whether a test compound model fits is by docking the model to said representation of said RONKD binding pocket and/or performing energy minimization.
  • a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a co-crystal with a compound, said method comprising a) preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database; b) forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of a RONKD protein; c) obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal; and d) introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket and/or said co-crystal into a computer- readable database.
  • the method may further comprise introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database.
  • the method may further comprise comparing the RONKD structure in the co-crystal to another RON or RONKD structure, such as that of a crystal without the compound or of a co-crystal with another compound.
  • the comparison may be used to identify one or more similarities and/or differences between the structures.
  • the one or more similarities and/or differences may be used to alter the compound to improve binding, or to design another compound for binding, to RON or RONKD.
  • Said computer may be capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure of said binding pocket using said structural coordinates.
  • the disclosed invention also provides a method of modulating RONKD protein activity comprising contacting said RONKD with a compound, wherein said compound is represented in a database produced by a method of the disclosed invention.
  • a method is also provided for producing a compound comprising a three- dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in a computer readable database produced by the disclosed invention, the method comprising synthesizing said compound, wherein said compound binds in a binding pocket of RONKD protein, and contacting said RONKD protein with such a compound.
  • the method may also comprise modulating RONKD protein activity.
  • Said method may also be used to identify an activator or inhibitor of a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket, comprising a) producing a compound of the invention; b) contacting said compound with a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket; and c) determining whether the potential modulator activates or inhibits the activity of said protein.
  • Such compounds may be, for example, activators or inhibitors.
  • Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of protein structure coordinates of the disclosed invention; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the protein or a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) designing a three-dimensional model of a compound that forms non-covalent bonds with amino acids of a binding pocket of said representation; and d) storing a representation of said compound into a computer readable database.
  • the method may further comprise e) preparing a binding test compound comprising a three-dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in said computer readable database; f) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said binding pocket of a RONKD protein; g) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and h) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer- readable database.
  • the method may further comprise introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database.
  • the method may further comprise comparing the structural coordinates with those of another RON or RONKD structure, such as that of a crystal without the compound or of a co-crystal with another compound.
  • the disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising structural information about a molecule or a molecular complex of unknown structure comprising: a) generating an x-ray diffraction pattern from a crystallized form of said molecule or molecular complex; b) using a molecular replacement method to interpret the structure of said molecule; wherein said molecular replacement method uses the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON, or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof comprising a binding pocket, the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation for the alpha-carbon atoms of said structural coordinates of less than 2.&A; and c) storing the coordinates of the resulting structure in a computer readable database.
  • a method for homology modeling the structure of a RON KD protein homolog comprising: a) aligning the amino acid sequence of a RON KD protein homolog with an amino acid sequence of RONKD protein; b) incorporating the sequence of the RON KD protein homolog into a model of the structure of RON KD protein, wherein said model has the same structural coordinates as the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON, or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or wherein the structural coordinates of said model's alpha-carbon atoms have a root mean square deviation from the structural coordinates of Fig.
  • methods for identifying a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3 -dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RON, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
  • the method may further comprise the steps of: e) computationally modifying the structural coordinates or 3 -dimensional conformation of said chemical entity to improve the likelihood of binding to said binding pocket; and f) determining whether said modified chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
  • Said determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule may comprise, for example, performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the protein or homolog; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
  • a library of structural coordinates of chemical entities may be used to identify a compound that binds.
  • a method for designing a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket comprising the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RON, or homolog thereof; b) computationally building a chemical entity represented by set of structural coordinates; and c) determining whether the chemical entity is expected to bind to said molecule.
  • Said determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule may, for example, comprise performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the molecule; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
  • a method is also provided of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three- dimensional structure of RONKD protein having structural coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RONKD, the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structural coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of said protein of less than 2.0 A when compared to the structural coordinates of Fig.
  • a method is also provided of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three- dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a binding pocket having the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON the structural coordinates of Fig.
  • a binding pocket homolog wherein said the root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket and said binding pocket homolog is less than 2. ⁇ A; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one portion of said binding pocket wherein an alteration in said portion is predicted to result in said altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule coding for a mutant RONKD protein having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to said portion; and d) expressing said nucleic acid molecule to produce said mutant; wherein said mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent.
  • a method is also provided producing a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a compound capable of binding the active site or binding pocket of a protein molecule, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of structure coordinates of RON or RONKD; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein; e) assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein; and f) storing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database.
  • a method for determining whether a compound binds RONKD protein comprising, a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3 -dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RONKD protein, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
  • a method is provided of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising, a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of structure coordinates of RONKD; b) determining a pharmacophore that fits within said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) or portion(s) thereof fit said pharmacophore; and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) or portion(s) thereof into a computer readable database.
  • a method is provided of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of RONKD structure coordinates; b) determining a chemical moiety that interacts with said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s)comprise said moiety as a substructure of said compound(s); and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) that comprise said substructure into a computer readable database.
  • crystallizable RON protein as well as a method of purifying RON protein linked to a histidine tag comprising: a) obtaining a translation vector comprising a coding sequence for RON protein, linked to a histidine tag; b) performing size exclusion chromatography; and c) performing nickel chelating column chromatography.
  • the disclosed invention also provides purified RONKD polypeptide which may be, for example, 98% pure, or which may be, for example, unphosphorylated.
  • a method is provided of purifying RON polypeptide, comprising expressing
  • RON in insect cells obtaining a soluble protein fraction from said insect cells; using a two column chromatograph procedure to obtain purified RON.
  • an insect cell capable of expressing RON.
  • Said insect cell may comprise a vector, wherein said vector comprises a nucleic acid sequence coding for
  • compositions of the disclosed invention may be used, for example, for drug discovery.
  • the invention is illustrated by way of the disclosed application, including working examples demonstrating the purification and the crystallization of RONKD, the characterization of crystals, the collection of diffraction data, and the determination and analysis of the three-dimensional structure of RONKD.
  • FIG. 1 provides a ribbon diagram of the structure of RONKD.
  • FIG. 2 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of the RONKD expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the disclosed invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples.
  • FIG. 3 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S417.
  • FIG. 4 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S431.
  • FIG. 5 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S482. [0109] FIG.
  • FIG. 6 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of a RON S417 variant expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the present invention.
  • this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples.
  • FIG. 7 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of a RON S431 variant expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the present invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples. [0111] FIG.
  • Atom Type and “Atom” refer to the individual atom whose coordinates are provided, with and without indicating the position of the atom in the amino acid residue, respectively.
  • the first letter in the column refers to the element.
  • HETATM refers to atomic coordinates within non-standard HET groups, such as prosthetic groups, inhibitors, solvent molecules, and ions for which coordinates are supplied.
  • HET ATMS include residues that are a) not one of the standard amino acids, including, for example, SeMet and SeCys, b) not one of the nucleic acids (C, G, A, T, U, and I), c) not one of the modified versions of nucleic acids (+C, +G, +A, +T, +U, and +1), and d) not an unknown amino acid or nucleic acid where UNK is used to indicate the unknown residue name.
  • Residue refers to the amino acid residue.
  • # refers to the residue number, starting from the N-terminal amino acid. The number designations of each amino acid residues reflect the position predicted in the expressed protein, including the His tag and the initial methionine.
  • X, Y and Z provide the Cartesian coordinates of the atom.
  • B is a thermal factor that measures movement of the atom around its atomic center.
  • OCC refers to occupancy, and represents the percentage of time the atom type occupies the particular coordinate. OCC values range from 0 to 1, with 1 being
  • Structure coordinates for RONKD according to Figures 3-5 may be modified by mathematical manipulation. Such manipulations include, but are not limited to, crystallographic permutations of the raw structure coordinates, fractionalization of the raw structure coordinates, integer additions or subtractions to sets of the raw structure coordinates, inversion of the raw structure coordinates, and any combination of the above.
  • amino acid notations used herein for the twenty genetically encoded amino acids are:
  • the three-letter amino acid abbreviations designate amino acids in the L-configuration.
  • Amino acids in the D- configuration are preceded with a "D-.”
  • Arg designates L-arginine
  • D- Arg designates D-arginine.
  • the capital one-letter abbreviations refer to amino acids in the L-configuration.
  • Lower-case one-letter abbreviations designate amino acids in the D-configuration. For example, "R” designates L-arginine and "r” designates D- arginine.
  • Genetically Encoded Amino Acid refers to the twenty amino acids that are defined by genetic codons.
  • the genetically encoded amino acids are glycine and the L- isomers of alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, serine, methionine, threonine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, cysteine, proline, histidine, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamic acid, glutamine, arginine and lysine.
  • Non-Genetically Encoded Amino Acid refers to amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons.
  • Non-genetically encoded amino acids include derivatives or analogs of the genetically- encoded amino acids that are capable of being enzymatically incorporated into nascent polypeptides using conventional expression systems, such as selenomethionine (SeMet) and selenocysteine (SeCys); isomers of the genetically-encoded amino acids that are not capable of being enzymatically incorporated into nascent polypeptides using conventional expression systems, such as D-isomers of the genetically- encoded amino acids; L- and D-isomers of naturally occurring ⁇ -amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons, such as ⁇ -aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); L- and D-isomers of synthetic ⁇ -amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons; and other amino acids such as ⁇
  • non-genetically encoded amino acids include, but are not limited to norleucine (NIe), penicillamine (Pen), N-methylvaline (MeVaI), homocysteine (hCys), homoserine (hSer), 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab) and ornithine (Orn). Additional exemplary non-genetically encoded amino acids are found, for example, in Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Fasman, Ed., CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, pp. 3-76, 1989, and the various references cited therein.
  • Hvdrophilic Amino Acid refers to an amino acid having a side chain exhibiting a hydrophobicity of up to about zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg et al, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-42, 1984. Genetically encoded hydrophilic amino acids include Thr (T), Ser (S), His (H), GIu (E), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Asp (D), Lys (K) and Arg (R).
  • Non-genetically encoded hydrophilic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, ornithine (Orn), 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab) and homoserine (hSer).
  • Acidic Amino Acid refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain pK value of up to about 7 under physiological conditions. Acidic amino acids typically have negatively charged side chains at physiological pH due to loss of a hydrogen ion. Genetically encoded acidic amino acids include GIu (E) and Asp (D). Non-genetically encoded acidic amino acids include D-GIu (e) and D- Asp (d).
  • Basic Amino Acid refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain pK value of greater than 7 under physiological conditions.
  • Basic amino acids typically have positively charged side chains at physiological pH due to association with hydronium ion.
  • Genetically encoded basic amino acids include His (H), Arg (R) and Lys (K).
  • Non- genetically encoded basic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, ornithine (Orn) and 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab).
  • Poly Amino Acid refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH, but which comprises at least one covalent bond in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held more closely by one of the atoms.
  • Genetically encoded polar amino acids include Asn (N), GIn (Q), Ser (S), and Thr (T).
  • Non-genetically encoded polar amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids and homoserine (hSer).
  • Hydrophobic Amino Acid refers to an amino acid having a side chain exhibiting a hydrophobicity of greater than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg er a/., J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-42, 1984.
  • Genetically encoded hydrophobic amino acids include Pro (P), He (I), Phe (F), VaI (V), Leu (L), Trp (W), Met (M), Ala (A), GIy (G) and Tyr (Y).
  • Non-genetically encoded hydrophobic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N-methyl valine (MeVaI).
  • Aromatic Amino Acid refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain comprising at least one aromatic or hetero aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic or heteroaromatic ring may contain one or more substituents such as -OH, -SH, -CN, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -NO 2 , -NO, -NH 2 , -NHR, -NRR, -C(O)R, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)NHR, -C(O)NRR and the like where each R is independently (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, (Ci-C 6 ) alkenyl, or (Ci-C 6 ) alkynyl.
  • Genetically encoded aromatic amino acids include Phe (F), Tyr (Y), Trp (W) and His (H).
  • Non-genetically encoded aromatic amino acids include the D-
  • Apolar Amino Acid refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH and which has bonds in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is generally held equally by each of the two atoms (i.e., the side chain is not polar).
  • Genetically encoded apolar amino acids include Leu (L), VaI (V), He (I), Met (M), GIy (G) and Ala (A).
  • Non-genetically encoded apolar amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N-methyl valine (MeVaI).
  • Aliphatic Amino Acid refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having an aliphatic hydrocarbon side chain.
  • Genetically encoded aliphatic amino acids include Ala (A), VaI (V), Leu (L) and He (I).
  • Non-genetically encoded aliphatic amino acids include the D- isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N- methyl valine (MeVaI).
  • Helix-Breaking Amino Acid refers to those amino acids that have a propensity to disrupt the structure of ⁇ -helices when contained at internal positions within the helix.
  • Amino acid residues exhibiting helix-breaking properties are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Chou & Fasman, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 47:251-76, 1978) and include Pro (P), D-Pro (p), GIy (G) and potentially all D-amino acids (when contained in an L-polypeptide; conversely, L- amino acids disrupt helical structure when contained in a D-polypeptide).
  • cyste-like Amino Acid refers to an amino acid having a side chain capable of participating in a disulfide linkage.
  • cysteine-like amino acids generally have a side chain containing at least one thiol (-SH) group.
  • Cysteine-like amino acids are unusual in that they can form disulfide bridges with other cysteine-like amino acids.
  • the ability of Cys (C) residues and other cysteine-like amino acids to exist in a polypeptide in either the reduced free -SH or oxidized disulfide-bridged form affects whether they contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a polypeptide.
  • Cys (C) exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra), it is to be understood that for purposes of the disclosed invention Cys (C) is categorized as a polar hydrophilic amino acid, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above. Other cysteine-like amino acids are similarly categorized as polar hydrophilic amino acids. Typical cysteine-like residues include, for example, penicillamine (Pen), homocysteine (hCys), etc.
  • amino acids having side chains exhibiting two or more physical-chemical properties may be included in multiple categories.
  • amino acid side chains having aromatic groups that are further substituted with polar substituents, such as Tyr (Y) may exhibit both aromatic hydrophobic properties and polar or hydrophilic properties, and could therefore be included in both the aromatic and polar categories.
  • polar substituents such as Tyr (Y)
  • amino acids will be categorized in the class or classes that most closely define their net physical-chemical properties. The appropriate categorization of any amino acid will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • Other amino acid residues not specifically mentioned herein may be readily categorized based on their observed physical and chemical properties in light of the definitions provided herein.
  • Wild-type RONKD refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that corresponds to the amino acid sequence of a naturally-occurring RONKD, and wherein said polypeptide, when compared to RONKD, has an rmsd of its backbone atoms of less than 2 A.
  • Homo sapiens RONKD refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that corresponds identically to the wild-type RONKD from Homo sapiens.
  • Or is meant one, or another member of a group, or more than one member.
  • A, B, or C may indicate any of the following: A alone; B alone; C alone; A and B; B and C; A and C; A, B, and C.
  • association refers to the status of two or more molecules that are in close proximity to each other.
  • the two molecules may be associated non-covalently, for example, by hydrogen-bonding, van der Waals, electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions, or covalently.
  • Co-Complex refers to a polypeptide in association with one or more compounds. The association may be, for example, covalent or non-covalent.
  • a "RONKD co-complex” refers to RONKD, or a functional subunit or fragment thereof, in association with one or more compounds. Such compounds include, by way of example and not limitation, cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogues, inhibitors, allosteric affecters, etc. Lead compounds for designing RON inhibitors include, but are not restricted to, ATP; ⁇ -amido ATP; AMP-PNP, staurosporine, adenine, and adenosine and derivatives and analogs thereof.
  • a co-complex may also refer to a computer represented, or in silica generated association between a peptide and a compound.
  • An "unliganded" form of a protein structure, or structural coordinates thereof, refers to the coordinates of the native form of a protein structure, or the apostructure, not a co-complex.
  • a “liganded” form refers to the coordinates of a protein or peptide that is part of a co-complex.
  • Unliganded forms include peptides and proteins associated with various ions, such as manganese, zinc, and magnesium, as well as with water.
  • Ligands include natural substrates, non-natural substrates, inhibitors, substrate analogs, agonists or antagonists, proteins, co-factors small molecules, test compounds, and fragments of test compounds, as well as, optionally, in addition, various ions or water.
  • “Mutant” refers to a polypeptide characterized by an amino acid sequence that differs from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of at least one amino acid residue of the wild-type sequence with a different amino acid residue and/or by the addition and/or deletion of one or more amino acid residues to or from the wild-type sequence. The additions and/or deletions may be from an internal region of the wild-type sequence and/or at either or both of the N- or C-termini.
  • a mutant polypeptide may have substantially the same three-dimensional structure as the corresponding wild-type polypeptide.
  • a mutant may have, but need not have, RON activity.
  • a mutant may display biological activity that is substantially similar to that of the wild-type RONKD.
  • substantially similar biological activity is meant that the mutant displays biological activity that is within 1 % to 10,000% of the biological activity of the wild- type polypeptide, for example, within 25% to 5,000%, and, for example, within 50% to 500%, or 75% to 200% of the biological activity of the wild-type polypeptide, using assays known to those of ordinary skill in the art for that particular class of polypeptides. Mutants may also decrease or eliminate RONKD activity. Mutants may be synthesized according to any method known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, those methods of expressing RONKD molecules described herein.
  • Active Site refers to a site in RONKD that associates with the substrate for RON activity. This site may include, for example, residues involved in catalysis, as well as residues involved in binding a substrate. Inibitors may bind to the residues of the active site, hi RONKD, the active site includes one or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, or seven or more of the following amino acid residues: His43, Pro 113, Met 115, Ala63, Lys65, Aspl 19, Argl63, or Metl ⁇ . The binding site may comprise Asnl64 and Asp 177. Amino acid residue numbers presented herein refer to the sequence of Figure 4.
  • Bindinfi Pocket refers to a region in RON which associates with a ligand such as a natural substrate, non-natural substrate, inhibitor, substrate analog, agonist or antagonist, protein, co-factor or small molecule, as well as, optionally, in addition, various ions or water, and/or has an internal cavity sufficient to bind a small molecule and may be used as a target for binding drugs.
  • a ligand such as a natural substrate, non-natural substrate, inhibitor, substrate analog, agonist or antagonist, protein, co-factor or small molecule, as well as, optionally, in addition, various ions or water, and/or has an internal cavity sufficient to bind a small molecule and may be used as a target for binding drugs.
  • the term includes the active site but is not limited thereby.
  • Accessory Binding Pocket refers to a binding pocket in RONKD other than that of the "active site.”
  • Constant refers to a mutant in which at least one amino acid residue from the wild-type sequence is substituted with a different amino acid residue that has similar physical and chemical properties, i.e., an amino acid residue that is a member of the same class or category, as defined above.
  • a conservative mutant may be a polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of a specific aromatic Phe (F) residue with an aromatic Tyr (Y) or Tip (W) residue.
  • Non-Conservative Mutant refers to a mutant in which at least one amino acid residue from the wild-type sequence is substituted with a different amino acid residue that has dissimilar physical and/or chemical properties, i.e., an amino acid residue that is a member of a different class or category, as defined above.
  • a non- conservative mutant may be a polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of an acidic GIu (E) residue with a basic Arg (R), Lys (K) or Orn residue.
  • “Deletion Mutant” refers to a mutant having an amino acid sequence that differs from the wild-type sequence by the deletion of one or more amino acid residues from the wild-type sequence. The residues may be deleted from internal regions of the wild-type sequence and/or from one or both termini.
  • Truncated Mutant refers to a deletion mutant in which the deleted residues are from the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type sequence.
  • Extended Mutant refers to a mutant in which additional residues are added to the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type sequence.
  • Methionine mutant refers to (1) a mutant in which at least one methionine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with an aliphatic residue, such as an Ala (A), Leu (L), or He (I) residue; or (2) a mutant in which a non-methionine residue, such as an aliphatic residue, such as an Ala (A), Leu (L) or He (I) residue, of the wild- type sequence is replaced with a methionine residue.
  • Senomethionine mutant refers to (1) a mutant which includes at least one selenomethionine (SeMet) residue, typically by substitution of a Met residue of the wild- type sequence with a SeMet residue, or by addition of one or more SeMet residues at one or both termini, or (2) a methionine mutant in which at least one Met residue is substituted with a SeMet residue. In some embodiments, each Met residue is substituted with a
  • Cysteine mutant refers to a mutant in which at least one cysteine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with a Ser (S) residue.
  • Serine mutant refers to a mutant in which at least one serine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with a cysteine residue.
  • Senocysteine mutant refers to (1) a mutant which includes at least one selenocysteine (SeCys) residue, typically by substitution of a Cys residue of the wild-type sequence with a SeCys residue, or by addition of one or more SeCys residues at one or both termini, or (2) a cysteine mutant in which at least one Cys residue is substituted with a SeCys residue.
  • SeCys mutants are those in which each Cys residue is substituted with a SeCys residue.
  • Homolog refers to a polypeptide having at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, preferably at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% amino acid sequence identity or having a
  • Crystal refers to a composition comprising a polypeptide in crystalline form.
  • crystal includes native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals and co-crystals, as defined herein.
  • “Native Crystal” refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is substantially pure.
  • native crystals do not include crystals of polypeptides comprising amino acids that are modified with heavy atoms, such as crystals of selenomethionine mutants, selenocysteine mutants, etc.
  • Heavy-atom Derivative Crystal refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is in association with one or more heavy-metal atoms.
  • heavy-atom derivative crystals include native crystals into which a heavy metal atom is soaked, as well as crystals of selenomethionine mutants and selenocysteine mutants.
  • Co-Crystal refers to a crystalline form of a co-complex.
  • Apo-crystal refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is substantially pure and substantially free of compounds that might form a co-complex with the polypeptide such as cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogues, inhibitors, allosteric affecters, etc.
  • Diffraction Quality Crystal refers to a crystal that is well-ordered and of a sufficient size, i.e., at least lO ⁇ m, at least 50 ⁇ m, or at least lOO ⁇ m in its smallest dimension such that it produces measurable diffraction to at least 3 A resolution, preferably to at least 2 A resolution, and most preferably to at least 1.5A resolution or lower.
  • Diffraction quality crystals include native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals, and co- crystals.
  • Unit Cell refers to the smallest and simplest volume element (i.e., parallelepiped-shaped block) of a crystal that is completely representative of the unit or pattern of the crystal, such that the entire crystal may be generated by translation of the unit cell.
  • the dimensions of the unit cell are defined by six numbers: dimensions a, b and c and the angles are defined as ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ (Blundell et al, Protein Crystallography, 83-84, Academic Press. 1976).
  • a crystal is an efficiently packed array of many unit cells.
  • Triclinic Unit Cell refers to a unit cell in which a ⁇ b ⁇ c and ⁇ .
  • Crystal Lattice refers to the array of points defined by the vertices of packed unit cells.
  • Space Group refers to the set of symmetry operations of a unit cell.
  • space group designation e.g. , C2
  • the capital letter indicates the lattice type and the other symbols represent symmetry operations that may be carried out on the unit cell without changing its appearance.
  • Asymmetric Unit refers to the largest aggregate of molecules in the unit cell that possesses no symmetry elements that are part of the space group symmetry, but that may be juxtaposed on other identical entities by symmetry operations.
  • “Crystallographically-Related Dimer (or oligomer)” refers to a dimer (or oligomer, such as, for example, a trimer or a tetramer) of two (or more) molecules wherein the symmetry axes or planes that relate the two (or more) molecules comprising the dimer (or oligomer) coincide with the symmetry axes or planes of the crystal lattice.
  • Non-Crystallographically-Related Dimer refers to a dimer (or oligomer, such as, for example, a trimer or a tetramer) of two (or more) molecules wherein the symmetry axes or planes that relate the two (or more) molecules comprising the dimer (or oligomer) do not coincide with the symmetry axes or planes of the crystal lattice.
  • Isomorphous Replacement refers to the method of using heavy-atom derivative crystals to obtain the phase information necessary to elucidate the three- dimensional structure of a crystallized polypeptide (Blundell et ah, Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, esp. pp. 151-64, 1976; Methods in Enzymology 276:361-557, Academic Press, 1997).
  • the phrase “heavy-atom derivatization” is synonymous with “isomorphous replacement.”
  • Multi-Wavelength Anomalous Dispersion or MAD refers to a crystallographic technique in which x-ray diffraction data are collected at several different wavelengths from a single heavy-atom derivative crystal, wherein the heavy atom has absorption edges near the energy of incoming x-ray radiation.
  • the resonance between x- rays and electron orbitals leads to differences in x-ray scattering from absorption of the x- rays (known as anomalous scattering) and permits the locations of the heavy atoms to be identified, which in turn provides phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide.
  • a detailed discussion of MAD analysis may be found in Hendrickson, Trans. Am. Crystallogr. Assoc, 21 :11, 1985; Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9:1665, 1990; and Hendrickson, Science, 254:51-58, 1991.
  • Single Wavelength Anomalous Dispersion or SAD refers to a crystallographic technique in which x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength from a single native or heavy-atom derivative crystal, and phase information is extracted using anomalous scattering information from atoms such as sulfur or chlorine in the native crystal or from the heavy atoms in the heavy-atom derivative crystal.
  • the wavelength of x-rays used to collect data for this phasing technique needs to be close to the absorption edge of the anomalous scatterer.
  • Single Isomorphous Replacement With Anomalous Scattering or SIRAS refers to a crystallographic technique that combines isomorphous replacement and anomalous scattering techniques to provide phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide, x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength, usually from a single heavy-atom derivative crystal. Phase information obtained only from the location of the heavy atoms in a single heavy-atom derivative crystal leads to an ambiguity in the phase angle, which is resolved using anomalous scattering from the heavy atoms. Phase information is therefore extracted from both the location of the heavy atoms and from anomalous scattering of the heavy atoms. A detailed discussion of SIRAS analysis may be found in North, Acta Cryst.
  • Molecular Replacement refers to the method using the structure coordinates of a known polypeptide to calculate initial phases for a new crystal of a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are unknown. This is done by orienting and positioning a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are known within the unit cell of the new crystal. Phases are then calculated from the oriented and positioned polypeptide and combined with observed amplitudes to provide an approximate Fourier synthesis of the structure of the polypeptides comprising the new crystal.
  • the model is then refined to provide a refined set of structure coordinates for the new crystal (Lattman, Methods in Enzymology, 115:55-77, 1985; Rossmann, "The Molecular Replacement Method,” Int. Sci. Rev. Ser. No. 13, Gordon & Breach, New York, 1972; Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 276, 277 (Academic Press, San Diego 1997)).
  • Molecular replacement may be used, for example, to determine the structure coordinates of a crystalline mutant or homolog of RONKD using the structure coordinates of RONKD.
  • Structure coordinates refers to mathematical coordinates derived from mathematical equations related to the patterns obtained on diffraction of a monochromatic beam of x-rays by the atoms (scattering centers) of a RONKD in crystal form.
  • the diffraction data are used to calculate an electron density map of the repeating unit of the crystal.
  • the electron density maps are used to establish the positions of the individual atoms within the unit cell of the crystal.
  • Having substantially the same three-dimensional structure refers to a polypeptide that is characterized by a set of molecular structure coordinates that have a root mean square deviation (r.m.s.d.) of up to about or equal to 1.5A, preferably 1.25A, preferably 1 A, and preferably 0.5A, and preferably 0.25A, when superimposed onto the molecular structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5 when at least 50% to 100% of the C- alpha atoms of the coordinates are included in the superposition.
  • the program MOE may be used to compare two structures (Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Canada).
  • ⁇ -helix refers to the conformation of a polypeptide chain in the form of a spiral chain of amino acids stabilized by hydrogen bonds.
  • ⁇ -sheet refers to the conformation of a polypeptide chain stretched into an extended zig-zag conformation. Portions of polypeptide chains that run “parallel” all run in the same direction. Where polypeptide chains are "antiparallel,” neighboring chains run in opposite directions from each other.
  • run refers to the N to
  • Both native and heavy-atom derivative crystals such as those obtained from selenium methionine derivative RONKD may be used to obtain the molecular structure coordinates of the disclosed invention.
  • the RON comprising the crystals of the invention may be isolated from any bacterial, plant, or animal source in which RON is present. Within the scope of the disclosed invention are proteins that are homologous to RON that are derived from any biological kingdom.
  • the RON may be derived from a mammalian source, such as, for example, Homo sapiens.
  • the crystals may comprise wild-type RON or mutants of wild- type RON. Mutants of wild-type RON are obtained by replacing at least one amino acid residue in the sequence of the wild-type RON with a different amino acid residue, or by adding or deleting one or more amino acid residues within the wild-type sequence and/or at the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type RON.
  • the mutants may, but not necessarily, crystallize under crystallization conditions that are substantially similar to those used to crystallize the wild-type RON.
  • mutants contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, conservative mutants, non-conservative mutants, deletion mutants, truncated mutants, extended mutants, methionine mutants, selenomethionine mutants, cysteine mutants and selenocysteine mutants.
  • a mutant may have, but need not display, RON activity.
  • a mutant may, for example, display biological activity that is substantially similar to that of the wild-type polypeptide.
  • Methionine, selenomethione, cysteine, and selenocysteine mutants are particularly useful for producing heavy-atom derivative crystals, as described in detail, below.
  • mutants contemplated herein are not mutually exclusive; that is, for example, a polypeptide having a conservative mutation in one amino acid may in addition have a truncation of residues at the N-terminus, and several Ala, Leu, or lie— »Met mutations.
  • Sequence alignments of polypeptides in a protein family or of homologous polypeptide domains may be used to identify potential amino acid residues in the polypeptide sequence that are candidates for mutation.
  • Identifying mutations that do not significantly interfere with the three-dimensional structure of RON and/or that do not deleteriously affect, and that may even enhance, the activity of RON will depend, in part, on the region where the mutation occurs. In highly variable regions of the molecule, non- conservative substitutions as well as conservative substitutions may be tolerated without significantly disrupting the folding, the three-dimensional structure and/or the biological activity of the molecule. In highly conserved regions, or regions containing significant secondary structure, conservative amino acid substitutions may be tolerated. [0194] Conservative amino acid substitutions are well known in the art, and include substitutions made on the basis of a similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity and/or the hydrophilicity of the amino acid residues involved.
  • Typical conservative substitutions are those in which the amino acid is substituted with a different amino acid that is a member of the same class or category, as those classes are defined herein.
  • typical conservative substitutions include aromatic to aromatic, apolar to apolar, aliphatic to aliphatic, acidic to acidic, basic to basic, polar to polar, etc.
  • Other conservative amino acid substitutions are well known in the art.
  • a total of 20% or fewer, typically 10% or fewer, most usually 5% or fewer, of the amino acids in the wild-type polypeptide sequence may be conservatively substituted with other amino acids without deleteriously affecting the biological activity, the folding, and/or the three-dimensional structure of the molecule, provided that such substitutions do not involve residues that are critical for activity, for example, critical binding pocket residues.
  • the active site Asp residue may be mutated to an Ala or Asn residue to reduce protease activity.
  • the active site Ser residue in serine proteases may be mutated to an Ala, Cys or Thr residue to reduce or eliminate protease activity.
  • cysteine protease may be reduced or eliminated by mutating the active site Cys residue to an Ala, Ser or Thr residue.
  • Other mutations that will reduce or completely eliminate the activity of a particular protein will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • Cys (C) is unusual in that it can form disulfide bridges with other Cys (C) residues or other sulfhydryls, such as, for example, sulfhydryl- containing amino acids ("cysteine-like amino acids").
  • Cys (C) residues and other cysteine-like amino acids affects whether Cys (C) residues contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a polypeptide. While Cys (C) exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg et ah, J. MoI.
  • Cys (C) is categorized as a polar hydrophilic amino acid, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above. For example, Cys residues that are known to participate in disulfide bridges are not substituted or are conservatively substituted with other cysteine-like amino acids so that the residue can participate in a disulfide bridge.
  • Typical cysteine-like residues include, for example, Pen, hCys, etc. Substitutions for Cys residues that interfere with crystallization are discussed infra.
  • the structural coordinates of a binding pocket and/or of the protein may be used, for example, to engineer new molecules. These new molecules may be expressed in cells, for example, in plant cells using, for example, gene transformation, to improve nutrient yields in plant crops or to use plants to produce new molecules.
  • mutants may include non- genetically encoded amino acids.
  • non-encoded derivatives of certain encoded amino acids such as SeMet and/or SeCys, may be incorporated into the polypeptide chain using biological expression systems (such SeMet and SeCys mutants are described in more detail, infra).
  • substitutions, additions, and/or deletions that do not substantially alter the 3-dimensional structure of RONKD and that, for example, do not substantially alter the 3-dimensional structure of the RONKD binding pocket or pockets discussed herein, are within the scope of the disclosed invention. Such substitutions, additions, and/or deletions may be useful, for example, to provide convenient cloning sites in cDNA encoding RON, to aid in its purification, or to aid in obtaining crystallization.
  • His tags intein-containing self-cleaving tags, maltose binding protein fusions, glutathione
  • S-transferase protein fusions S-transferase protein fusions, antibody fusions, green fluorescent protein fusions, signal peptide fusions, biotin accepting peptide fusions, tags that contain protease cleavage sites, and the like. Mutations may also be introduced into a polypeptide sequence where there are residues, e.g., cysteine residues that interfere with crystallization. These cysteine residues may be substituted with an appropriate amino acid that does not readily form covalent bonds with other amino acid residues under crystallization conditions; e.g., by substituting the cysteine with Ala, Ser or GIy. Any cysteine located in a non-helical or non-stranded segment, based on secondary structure assignments, are good candidates for replacement.
  • residues e.g., cysteine residues that interfere with crystallization.
  • cysteine residues may be substituted with an appropriate amino acid that does not readily form covalent bonds with other amino acid residues under crystall
  • Mutants within the scope of the invention may or may not have RON activity. Amino acid substitutions, additions and/or deletions that might alter or inhibit RON activity are within the scope of the disclosed invention. These mutants may be used in their crystalline form, or the molecular structure coordinates obtained therefrom, for example, to determine RON structure and/or to provide phase information to aid the determination of the three-dimensional x-ray structures of other related or non-related crystalline polypeptides.
  • the heavy-atom derivative crystals from which the molecular structure coordinates of the invention are obtained generally comprise a crystalline RONKD polypeptide in association with one or more heavy atoms, such as, for example, Xe, Kr, Br, I, or a heavy metal atom.
  • the polypeptide may correspond to a wild-type or a mutant RONKD, which may optionally be in co-complex with one or more molecules, as previously described.
  • heavy-atom derivatives of polypeptides There are various types of heavy-atom derivatives of polypeptides: heavy-atom derivatives resulting from exposure of the protein to a heavy atom in solution, wherein crystals are grown in medium comprising the heavy atom, or in crystalline form, wherein the heavy atom diffuses into the crystal, heavy-atom derivatives wherein the polypeptide comprises heavy-atom containing amino acids, e.g. , selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine, and heavy atom derivatives where the heavy atom is forced in under pressure, such as, for example, in a xenon chamber.
  • amino acids e.g. , selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine
  • heavy-atom derivatives of the first type may be formed by soaking a native crystal in a solution comprising heavy metal atom salts, or organometallic compounds, e.g., lead chloride, gold thiomalate, ethylmercurithiosalicylic acid-sodium salt (thimerosal), uranyl acetate, platinum tetrachloride, osmium tetraoxide, zinc sulfate, and cobalt hexamine, which can diffuse through the crystal and bind to the crystalline polypeptide.
  • heavy metal atom salts e.g., lead chloride, gold thiomalate, ethylmercurithiosalicylic acid-sodium salt (thimerosal), uranyl acetate, platinum tetrachloride, osmium tetraoxide, zinc sulfate, and cobalt hexamine, which can diffuse through the crystal and bind to the crystalline polypeptide
  • Heavy-atom derivatives of this type can also be formed by adding to a crystallization solution comprising the polypeptide to be crystallized, an amount of a heavy metal atom salt, which may associate with the protein and be incorporated into the crystal.
  • the location(s) of the bound heavy metal atom(s) may be determined by x-ray diffraction analysis of the crystal. This information, in turn, is used to generate the phase information needed to construct the three-dimensional structure of the protein.
  • Heavy-atom derivative crystals may also be prepared from polypeptides that include one or more SeMet and/or SeCys residues (SeMet and/or SeCys mutants).
  • Such selenocysteine or selenomethionine mutants may be made from wild-type or mutant RONKD by expression of RONKD-encoding cDNAs in auxotrophic E. coli strains (Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9(5): 1665-72, 1990).
  • the wild-type or mutant RONKD cDNA may be expressed in a host organism on a growth medium depleted of either natural cysteine or methionine (or both) but enriched in selenocysteine or selenomethionine (or both).
  • selenocysteine or selenomethionine mutants may be made using nonauxotrophic E.
  • selenocysteine may be selectively incorporated into polypeptides by exploiting the prokaryotic and eukaryotic mechanisms for selenocysteine incorporation into certain classes of proteins in vivo, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,700,660 to Leonard et al. (filed June 7, 1995).
  • selenocysteine may, for example, not incorporated in place of cysteine residues that form disulfide bridges, as these may be important for maintaining the three-dimensional structure of the protein and may, for example, not be eliminated.
  • cysteine residues that form disulfide bridges
  • One of skill in the art will further recognize that, in order to obtain accurate phase information, approximately one selenium atom should be incorporated for every 140 amino acid residues of the polypeptide chain. The number of selenium atoms incorporated into the polypeptide chain may be conveniently controlled by designing a Met or Cys mutant having an appropriate number of Met and/or Cys residues, as described more fully below.
  • the polypeptide to be crystallized may not contain cysteine or methionine residues. Therefore, if selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine mutants are to be used to obtain heavy-atom derivative crystals, methionine and/or cysteine residues may be introduced into the polypeptide chain. Likewise, Cys residues must be introduced into the polypeptide chain if the use of a cysteine-binding heavy metal, such as mercury, is contemplated for production of a heavy-atom derivative crystal. [0209] Such mutations are, for example, introduced into the polypeptide sequence at sites that will not disturb the overall protein fold.
  • a residue that is conserved among many members of the protein family or that is thought to be involved in maintaining its activity or structural integrity, as determined by, e.g. , sequence alignments, should not be mutated to a Met or Cys.
  • conservative mutations such as Ser to Cys, or Leu or He to Met, are, for example, introduced.
  • the location of the heavy atom(s) in the crystal unit cell must be determinable and provide phase information. Therefore, a mutation is, for example, not introduced into a portion of the protein that is likely to be mobile, e.g., at, or within 1-5 residues of, the N- and C-termini, or within loops.
  • methionine and/or cysteine mutants are prepared by substituting one or more of these Met and/or Cys residues with another residue.
  • the considerations for these substitutions are the same as those discussed above for mutations that introduce methionine and/or cysteine residues into the polypeptide.
  • the Met and/or Cys residues are, for example, conservatively substituted with Leu/Ile and Ser, respectively.
  • Cys or Met mutants may have, for example, one Cys or Met residue for every 140 amino acids.
  • the native and mutated RONKD or RON polypeptides described herein may be chemically synthesized in whole or part using techniques that are well known in the art (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles, W.H. Freeman & Co., NY, 1983).
  • Gene expression systems may be used for the synthesis of native and mutated polypeptides.
  • Expression vectors containing the native or mutated polypeptide coding sequence and appropriate transcriptional/translational control signals, that are known to those skilled in the art may be constructed. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques and in vivo recombination/genetic recombination.
  • Host-expression vector systems may be used to express RONKD or RON. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing the coding sequence; yeast transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing the coding sequence; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing the coding sequence; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g. , cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g.
  • Ti plasmid containing the coding sequence; or animal cell systems.
  • the protein may also be expressed in human gene therapy systems, including, for example, expressing the protein to augment the amount of the protein in an individual, or to express an engineered therapeutic protein.
  • the expression elements of these systems vary in their strength and specificities.
  • RNA-yeast or bacteria-animal cells Specifically designed vectors allow the shuttling of DNA between hosts such as bacteria-yeast or bacteria-animal cells.
  • An appropriately constructed expression vector may contain: an origin of replication for autonomous replication in host cells, one or more selectable markers, a limited number of useful restriction enzyme sites, a potential for high copy number, and active promoters.
  • a promoter is defined as a DNA sequence that directs RNA polymerase to bind to DNA and initiate RNA synthesis.
  • a strong promoter is one that causes mRNAs to be initiated at high frequency.
  • the expression vector may also comprise various elements that affect transcription and translation, including, for example, constitutive and inducible promoters. These elements are often host and/or vector dependent.
  • inducible promoters such as the T7 promoter, pL of bacteriophage ⁇ , plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like may be used; when cloning in insect cell systems, promoters such as the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter may be used; when cloning in plant cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of plant cells (e.g., heat shock promoters; the promoter for the small subunit of RUBISCO; the promoter for the chlorophyll a/b binding protein) or from plant viruses (e.g., the 35S RNA promoter of CaMV; the coat protein promoter of TMV) may be used; when cloning in mammalian cell systems, mammalian promoters (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or mammalian viral promoters, (e.g., adenovirus late promoter
  • Various methods may be used to introduce the vector into host cells, for example, transformation, transfection, infection, protoplast fusion, and electroporation.
  • the expression vector- containing cells are clonally propagated and individually analyzed to determine whether they produce the appropriate polypeptides.
  • Various selection methods including, for example, antibiotic resistance, may be used to identify host cells that have been transformed. Identification of polypeptide expressing host cell clones may be done by several means, including but not limited to immunological reactivity with anti- RONKD or RON antibodies, and the presence of host cell-associated activity.
  • Expression of cDNA may also be performed using in vitro produced synthetic mRNA. Synthetic mRNA may be efficiently translated in various cell-free systems, including but not limited to wheat germ extracts and reticulocyte extracts, as well as efficiently translated in cell-based systems, including, but not limited, to microinjection into frog oocytes.
  • modified cDNA molecules are constructed.
  • a non-limiting example of a modified cDNA is where the codon usage in the cDNA has been optimized for the host cell in which the cDNA will be expressed.
  • Host cells are transformed with the cDNA molecules and the levels of RONKD or RON RNA and/or protein are measured.
  • Levels of RON or RONKD protein in host cells are quantitated by a variety of methods such as immunoaffinity and/or ligand affinity techniques. RON or RONKD- specific affinity beads or specific antibodies are used to isolate 35 S-methionine labeled or unlabeled protein.
  • RON or RONKD is analyzed by SDS-PAGE. Unlabeled protein is detected by Western blotting, ELISA or RIA employing specific antibodies.
  • polypeptides may be recovered to provide the protein in active form. Several purification procedures are available and suitable for use. Recombinant RON or RONKD may be purified from cell lysates or from conditioned culture media, by various combinations of, or individual application of, fractionation, or chromatography steps that are known in the art.
  • recombinant RON or RONKD may be separated from other cellular proteins by use of an immuno-affinity column made with monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies specific for full length nascent protein or polypeptide fragments thereof. Other affinity based purification techniques known in the art may also be used.
  • the polypeptides may be recovered from a host cell in an unfolded, inactive form, e.g., from inclusion bodies of bacteria. Proteins recovered in this form may be solubilized using a denaturant, e.g., guanidinium hydrochloride, and then refolded into an active form using methods known to those skilled in the art, such as dialysis.
  • native crystals are grown by dissolving substantially pure polypeptide in an aqueous buffer containing a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the protein.
  • precipitants include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol, ammonium sulfate, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, sodium citrate, sodium chloride, glycerol, isopropanol, lithium sulfate, sodium acetate, sodium formate, potassium sodium tartrate, ethanol, hexanediol, ethylene glycol, dioxane, t-butanol and combinations thereof. Water is removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until crystal growth ceases.
  • native crystals are grown by vapor diffusion in hanging drops or sitting drops (McPherson, Preparation and Analysis of Protein Crystals, John Wiley, New York, 1982; McPherson, Eur. J. Biochem. 189:1-23, 1990).
  • up to about 25 ⁇ L, or up to about 5 ⁇ l, 3 ⁇ l, or 2 ⁇ l, of substantially pure polypeptide solution is mixed with a volume of reservoir solution.
  • the ratio may vary according to biophysical conditions, for example, the ratio of protein volume: reservoir volume in the drop may be 1 :1, giving a precipitant concentration about half that required for crystallization.
  • the drop and reservoir volumes may be varied within certain biophysical conditions and still allow crystallization.
  • the polypeptide/precipitant solution is allowed to equilibrate in a closed container with a larger aqueous reservoir having a precipitant concentration optimal for producing crystals.
  • the polypeptide solution mixed with reservoir solution is suspended as a droplet underneath, for example, a coverslip, which is sealed onto the top of the reservoir.
  • the sealed container is allowed to stand, usually, for example, for up to 2-6 weeks, until crystals grow.
  • the drop may be checked periodically to determine if a crystal has formed.
  • One way of viewing the drop is using, for example, a microscope.
  • One method of checking the drop, for high throughput purposes includes methods that may be found in, for example, U.S.
  • Such methods include, for example, using an automated apparatus comprising a crystal growing incubator, an x-ray source adjacent to the crystal growing incubator, where the x-ray source is configured to irradiate the crystalline material grown in the crystal growing incubator, and an x-ray detector configured to detect the presence of the diffracted x-rays from crystalline material grown in the incubator.
  • a charge coupled video camera is included in the detector system.
  • Crystallization conditions may be varied. Such variations may be used alone or in combination, and may include various volumes of protein solution and reservoir solution known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Other buffer solutions may be used such as Tris, imidazole, or MOPS buffer, so long as the desired pH range is maintained, and the chemical composition of the buffer is compatible with crystal formation.
  • Compounds or other ligands may be added to the crystallization solution in order to obtain co-crystals.
  • Heavy-atom derivative crystals may be obtained by soaking native crystals in mother liquor containing salts of heavy metal atoms and can also be obtained from SeMet and/or SeCys mutants, as described above for native crystals.
  • Mutant proteins may crystallize under slightly different crystallization conditions than wild-type protein, or under very different crystallization conditions, depending on the nature of the mutation, and its location in the protein. For example, a non-conservative mutation may result in alteration of the hydrophilicity of the mutant, which may in turn make the mutant protein either more soluble or less soluble than the wild-type protein. Typically, if a protein becomes more hydrophilic as a result of a mutation, it will be more soluble than the wild-type protein in an aqueous solution and a higher precipitant concentration will be needed to cause it to crystallize.
  • a protein becomes less hydrophilic as a result of a mutation, it will be less soluble in an aqueous solution and a lower precipitant concentration will be needed to cause it to crystallize. If the mutation happens to be in a region of the protein involved in crystal lattice contacts, crystallization conditions may be affected in more unpredictable ways.
  • the dimensions of a unit cell of a crystal are defined by six numbers, the lengths of three unique edges, a, b, and c, and three unique angles ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ .
  • the type of unit cell that comprises a crystal is dependent on the values of these variables, as discussed above.
  • the electrons of the molecules in the crystal diffract the beam such that there is a sphere of diffracted x-rays around the crystal.
  • the angle at which diffracted beams emerge from the crystal may be computed by treating diffraction as if it were reflection from sets of equivalent, parallel planes of atoms in a crystal (Bragg' s Law).
  • the most obvious sets of planes in a crystal lattice are those that are parallel to the faces of the unit cell. These and other sets of planes may be drawn through the lattice points. Each set of planes is identified by three indices, hkl.
  • the h index gives the number of parts into which the a edge of the unit cell is cut
  • the k index gives the number of parts into which the b edge of the unit cell is cut
  • the 1 index gives the number of parts into which the c edge of the unit cell is cut by the set of hkl planes.
  • the 235 planes cut the a edge of each unit cell into halves, the b edge of each unit cell into thirds, and the c edge of each unit cell into fifths.
  • Planes that are parallel to the be face of the unit cell are the 100 planes; planes that are parallel to the ac face of the unit cell are the 010 planes; and planes that are parallel to the ab face of the unit cell are the 001 planes.
  • a series of spots, or reflections may be recorded of a still crystal (not rotated) to produce a "still" diffraction pattern.
  • Each reflection is the result of x-rays reflecting off one set of parallel planes, and is characterized by an intensity, which is related to the distribution of molecules in the unit cell, and hkl indices, which correspond to the parallel planes from which the beam producing that spot was reflected. If the crystal is rotated about an axis perpendicular to the x-ray beam, a large number of reflections are recorded on the detector, resulting in a diffraction pattern.
  • the unit cell dimensions and space group of a crystal may be determined from its diffraction pattern.
  • the spacing of reflections is inversely proportional to the lengths of the edges of the unit cell. Therefore, if a diffraction pattern is recorded when the x-ray beam is perpendicular to a face of the unit cell, two of the unit cell dimensions may be deduced from the spacing of the reflections in the x and y directions of the detector, the crystal-to-detector distance, and the wavelength of the x-rays.
  • the crystal must be rotated such that the x-ray beam is perpendicular to another face of the unit cell.
  • the angles of a unit cell may be determined by the angles between lines of spots on the diffraction pattern.
  • the diffraction pattern is related to the three-dimensional shape of the molecule by a Fourier transform.
  • the process of determining the solution is in essence a re- focusing of the diffracted x-rays to produce a three-dimensional image of the molecule in the crystal. Since re-focusing of x-rays cannot be done with a lens at this time, it is done via mathematical operations.
  • the sphere of diffraction has symmetry that depends on the internal symmetry of the crystal, which means that certain orientations of the crystal will produce the same set of reflections.
  • a crystal with high symmetry has a more repetitive diffraction pattern, and there are fewer unique reflections that need to be recorded in order to have a complete representation of the diffraction.
  • the goal of data collection, a dataset is a set of consistently measured, indexed intensities for as many reflections as possible.
  • a complete dataset is collected if at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, most preferably at least 95% of unique reflections are recorded.
  • a complete dataset is collected using one crystal.
  • a complete dataset is collected using more than one crystal of the same type.
  • Sources of x-rays include, but are not limited to, a rotating anode x-ray generator such as a Rigaku RU-200, a micro source or mini-source, a sealed-beam source, or a beam line at a synchrotron light source, such as the Advanced Photon Source at Argonne National Laboratory.
  • Suitable detectors for recording diffraction patterns include, but are not limited to, x-ray sensitive film, multiwire area detectors, image plates coated with phosphorus, and CCD cameras.
  • the detector and the x-ray beam remain stationary, so that, in order to record diffraction from different parts of the crystal's sphere of diffraction, the crystal itself is moved via an automated system of moveable circles called a goniostat.
  • cryoprotectant include, but are not limited to, low molecular weight polyethylene glycols, ethylene glycol, sucrose, glycerol, xylitol, and combinations thereof.
  • Crystals may be soaked in a solution comprising the one or more cryoprotectants prior to exposure to liquid nitrogen, or the one or more cryoprotectants may be added to the crystallization solution. Data collection at liquid nitrogen temperatures may allow the collection of an entire dataset from one crystal.
  • phase information may be acquired by methods described below in order to perform a Fourier transform on the diffraction pattern to obtain the three-dimensional structure of the molecule in the crystal. It is the determination of phase information that in effect refocuses x-rays to produce the image of the molecule.
  • phase information is by isomorphous replacement, in which heavy-atom derivative crystals are used.
  • the positions of heavy atoms bound to the molecules in the heavy- atom derivative crystal are determined, and this information is then used to obtain the phase information necessary to elucidate the three-dimensional structure of a native crystal (Blundell et ah, Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, 1976).
  • phase information is by molecular replacement, which is a method of calculating initial phases for a new crystal of a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are unknown by orienting and positioning a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are known within the unit cell of the new crystal so as to best account for the observed diffraction pattern of the new crystal. Phases are then calculated from the oriented and positioned polypeptide and combined with observed amplitudes to provide an approximate Fourier synthesis of the structure of the molecules comprising the new crystal (Lattman, Methods in Enzymology 115:55-77, 1985; Rossmann, "The Molecular Replacement Method,” Int. Sci. Rev. Ser. No. 13, Gordon & Breach, New York, 1972).
  • a third method of phase determination is multi- wavelength anomalous diffraction or MAD.
  • x-ray diffraction data are collected at several different wavelengths from a single crystal containing at least one heavy atom with absorption edges near the energy of incoming x-ray radiation.
  • the resonance between x- rays and electron orbitals leads to differences in x-ray scattering that permits the locations of the heavy atoms to be identified, which in turn provides phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide.
  • MAD analysis may be found in Hendrickson, Trans. Am. Crystallogr. Assoc, 21 :11, 1985; Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9:1665, 1990; and Hendrickson, Science, 254:51-58, 1991).
  • a fourth method of determining phase information is single wavelength anomalous dispersion or SAD.
  • SAD single wavelength anomalous dispersion
  • x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength from a single native or heavy-atom derivative crystal, and phase information is extracted using anomalous scattering information from atoms such as sulfur or chlorine in the native crystal or from the heavy atoms in the heavy-atom derivative crystal.
  • the wavelength of x-rays used to collect data for this phasing technique need not be close to the absorption edge of the anomalous scatterer.
  • a fifth method of determining phase information is single isomorphous replacement with anomalous scattering or SIRAS.
  • SIRAS combines isomorphous replacement and anomalous scattering techniques to provide phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide.
  • X-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength, usually from both a native and a single heavy-atom derivative crystal.
  • Phase information obtained only from the location of the heavy atoms in a single heavy-atom derivative crystal leads to an ambiguity in the phase angle, which is resolved using anomalous scattering from the heavy atoms.
  • Phase information is extracted from both the location of the heavy atoms and from anomalous scattering of the heavy atoms.
  • phase information is obtained, it is combined with the diffraction data to produce an electron density map, an image of the electron clouds surrounding the atoms that constitute the molecules in the unit cell.
  • the higher the resolution of the data the more distinguishable the features of the electron density map, because atoms that are closer together are resolvable.
  • a model of the macromolecule is then built into the electron density map with the aid of a computer, using as a guide all available information, such as the polypeptide sequence and the established rules of molecular structure and stereochemistry. Interpreting the electron density map is a process of finding the chemically reasonable conformation that fits the map precisely.
  • a structure is refined.
  • Refinement is the process of minimizing the function ⁇ , which is the difference between observed and calculated intensity values (measured by an R- factor), and which is a function of the position, temperature factor, and occupancy of each non-hydrogen atom in the model.
  • This usually involves alternate cycles of real space refinement, i.e., calculation of electron density maps and model building, and reciprocal space refinement, i.e., computational attempts to improve the agreement between the original intensity data and intensity data generated from each successive model.
  • Refinement ends when the function ⁇ converges on a minimum wherein the model fits the electron density map and is stereochemically and conformationally reasonable.
  • ordered solvent molecules are added to the structure.
  • the disclosed invention provides, for the first time, the high-resolution three- dimensional structures and molecular structure coordinates of crystalline RONKD as determined by x-ray crystallography.
  • any set of structure coordinates obtained for crystals of RONKD whether native crystals, heavy- atom derivative crystals or co-crystals, that have a root mean square deviation ("r.m.s.d.") of up to about or equal to 1.5A, preferably 1.25A, preferably lA, preferably 1.75A, and preferably 0.5A when superimposed, using backbone atoms (N, C- ⁇ , C and O), or using C- ⁇ atoms, on the structure coordinates listed in Fig. 3, 4, or 5 are considered to be within the scope of the disclosed invention when at least 50% to 100% of the backbone atoms of RONKD are included in the superposition.
  • r.m.s.d. root mean square deviation
  • the amino acid numbers in Figure 4 reflect the amino acid position in the expressed protein used to obtain the crystals of the disclosed invention. Those of ordinary skill in the art may align the sequence with other sequences of RONKD to, if desired, correlate the amino acid residue number. Thus, the "sequence of Figure 4" relates to the amino acid number designations, for the amino acid sequence, and not specifically the structural coordinates of Figure 4. Structure Coordinates
  • the molecular structure coordinates may be used in molecular modeling and design, as described more fully below.
  • the disclosed invention encompasses the structure coordinates and other information, e.g., amino acid sequence, connectivity tables, vector- based representations, temperature factors, etc., used to generate the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide for use in the software programs described below and other software programs.
  • the invention includes methods of producing computer readable databases comprising the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of certain molecules, including, for example, the RONKD structure coordinates, the structure coordinates of binding pockets or active sites of RONKD, or structure coordinates of compounds capable of binding to RONKD.
  • the databases of the disclosed invention may comprise any number of sets of molecular structure coordinates for any number of molecules, including, for examples, structure coordinates of one molecule.
  • the databases of the disclosed invention may comprise structure coordinates of a compound or compounds that have been identified by virtual screening to bind to a RON binding pocket, or other representations of such compounds such as, for example, a graphic representation or a name.
  • database is meant a collection of retrievable data.
  • the invention encompasses machine readable media embedded with or containing information regarding the three-dimensional structure of a crystalline polypeptide and/or model, such as, for example, its molecular structure coordinates, described herein, or with subunits, domains, and/or, portions thereof such as, for example, portions comprising active sites, accessory binding sites, and/or binding pockets in either liganded or unliganded forms.
  • the information may be that of identifiers which represent specific structures found in a protein.
  • machine readable medium refers to any medium that may be read and accessed directly by a computer or scanner. Such media may take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile, volatile and transmission media.
  • Nonvolatile media i.e., media that can retain information in the absence of power
  • Volatile media i.e., media that cannot retain information in the absence of power
  • Transmission media includes coaxial cables, copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that comprise the bus. Transmission media can also take the form of carrier waves; i.e., electromagnetic waves that may be modulated, as in frequency, amplitude or phase, to transmit information signals. Additionally, transmission media can take the form of acoustic or light waves, such as those generated during radio wave and infrared data communications.
  • Such media also include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, flexible discs, hard disc storage medium and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM or ROM, PROM (i.e., programmable read only memory), EPROM (i.e., erasable programmable read only memory), including FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, carrier waves, or any other medium from which a processor can retrieve information, and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.
  • magnetic storage media such as floppy discs, flexible discs, hard disc storage medium and magnetic tape
  • optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM
  • electrical storage media such as RAM or ROM, PROM (i.e., programmable read only memory), EPROM (i.e., erasable programmable read only memory), including FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, carrier waves, or any other medium from which a processor can retrieve information, and hybrid
  • Such media further include paper on which is recorded a representation of the molecular structure coordinates, e.g., Cartesian coordinates, that may be read by a scanning device and converted into a format readily accessed by a computer or by any of the software programs described herein by, for example, optical character recognition (OCR) software.
  • OCR optical character recognition
  • Such media also include physical media with patterns of holes, such as, for example, punch cards, and paper tape.
  • a variety of data storage structures are available for creating a computer readable medium having recorded thereon the molecular structure coordinates of the invention or portions thereof and/or x-ray diffraction data.
  • the choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information.
  • a variety of data processor programs and formats may be used to store the sequence and x-ray data information on a computer readable medium.
  • Such formats include, but are not limited to, macromolecular Crystallographic Information File (“mmCIF”) and Protein Data Bank (“PDB”) format (Research Collaboratory for Structural Bioinformatics; www.rcsb.org; Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre format (www.ccdc.can.ac.uk/support/csd_doc/volume3/z323.html); Structure-data (“SD”) file format (MDL Information Systems, Inc.; Dalby, et al, J. Chem. Inf. Comp. Sd., 32:244- 55, 1992; and line-notation, e.g., as used in SMILES (Weininger, J. Chem. Inf. Comp. Sci. 28:31 -36, 1988).
  • mmCIF macromolecular Crystallographic Information File
  • PDB Protein Data Bank
  • a computer may be used to display the structure coordinates or the three- dimensional representation of the protein or peptide structures, or portions thereof, such as, for example, portions comprising active sites, accessory binding sites, and/or binding pockets, in either liganded or unliganded form, of the disclosed invention.
  • the term "computer” includes, but is not limited to, mainframe computers, personal computers, portable laptop computers, and personal data assistants ("PDAs") which can store data and independently run one or more applications, i.e., programs.
  • the computer may include, for example, a machine readable storage medium of the disclosed invention, a working memory for storing instructions for processing the machine-readable data encoded in the machine readable storage medium, a central processing unit operably coupled to the working memory and to the machine readable storage medium for processing the machine readable information, and a display operably coupled to the central processing unit for displaying the structure coordinates or the three-dimensional representation.
  • the information contained in the machine-readable medium may be in the form of, for example, x-ray diffraction data, structure coordinates, electron density maps, or ribbon structures.
  • the information may also include such data for co-complexes between a compound and a protein or peptide of the disclosed invention.
  • the computers of the disclosed invention may also include, for example, a central processing unit, a working memory which may be, for example, random-access memory (RAM) or "core memory,” mass storage memory (for example, one or more disk drives or CD-ROM drives), one or more cathode-ray tube (“CRT") display terminals or one or more LCD displays, one or more keyboards, one or more input lines, and one or more output lines, all of which are interconnected by a conventional bi-directional system bus.
  • Machine-readable data of the disclosed invention may be inputted and/or outputted through a modem or modems connected by a telephone line or a dedicated data line (either of which may include, for example, wireless modes of communication).
  • the input hardware may also (or instead) comprise CD-ROM drives or disk drives.
  • Other examples of input devices are a keyboard, a mouse, a trackball, a finger pad, or cursor direction keys.
  • Output hardware may also be implemented by conventional devices.
  • output hardware may include a CRT, or any other display terminal, a printer, or a disk drive.
  • the CPU coordinates the use of the various input and output devices, coordinates data accesses from mass storage and accesses to and from working memory, and determines the order of data processing steps.
  • the computer may use various software programs to process the data of the disclosed invention. Examples of many of these types of software are discussed throughout the disclosed application.
  • a set of structure coordinates is a relative set of points that define a shape in three dimensions. Therefore, two different sets of coordinates could define the identical or a similar shape. Also, minor changes in the individual coordinates may have very little effect on the peptide's shape. Minor changes in the overall structure may have very little to no effect, for example, on the binding pocket, and would not be expected to significantly alter the nature of compounds that might associate with the binding pocket.
  • Cartesian coordinates are important and convenient representations of the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide, other representations of the structure are also useful. Therefore, the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide, as discussed herein, includes not only the Cartesian coordinate representation, but also all alternative representations of the three-dimensional distribution of atoms.
  • atomic coordinates may be represented as a Z-matrix, wherein a first atom of the protein is chosen, a second atom is placed at a defined distance from the first atom, and a third atom is placed at a defined distance from the second atom so that it makes a defined angle with the first atom.
  • Atomic coordinates may also be represented as a Patterson function, wherein all interatomic vectors are drawn and are then placed with their tails at the origin. This representation is particularly useful for locating heavy atoms in a unit cell.
  • atomic coordinates may be represented as a series of vectors having magnitude and direction and drawn from a chosen origin to each atom in the polypeptide structure.
  • the positions of atoms in a three-dimensional structure maybe represented as fractions of the unit cell (fractional coordinates), or in spherical polar coordinates.
  • Additional information such as thermal parameters, which measure the motion of each atom in the structure, chain identifiers, which identify the particular chain of a multi-chain protein in which an atom is located, and connectivity information, which indicates to which atoms a particular atom is bonded, is also useful for representing a three-dimensional molecular structure.
  • Structure information typically in the form of molecular structure coordinates, may be used in a variety of computational or computer-based methods to, for example, design, screen for, and/or identify compounds that bind the crystallized polypeptide or a portion or fragment thereof, or to intelligently design mutants that have altered biological properties.
  • binding pocket refers to a region of a protein that, because of its shape, likely associates with a chemical entity or compound.
  • a binding pocket may be the same as an active site.
  • a binding pocket of a protein is usually involved in associating with the protein's natural ligands or substrates, and is often the basis for the protein's activity.
  • a binding pocket may refer to an active site.
  • Many drugs act by associating with a binding pocket of a protein.
  • a binding pocket may comprise amino acid residues that line the cleft of the pocket.
  • a binding pocket homolog comprises amino acids having structure coordinates that have a root mean square deviation from structure coordinates, as indicated in Fig. 3, 4, or 5, of the binding pocket amino acids of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about lA, preferably up to about 0.75A, preferably up to about 0.5A, and preferably up to about 0.25A.
  • a binding pocket or regulatory site is said to comprise amino acids having particular structure coordinates
  • the amino acids comprise the same amino acid residues, or may comprise amino acids having similar properties, as shown in, for example, Table 1, and have either the same relative three-dimensional structure coordinates as Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or the group of amino acid residues named as part of the binding pocket have an rmsd of within 1.5A, preferably within 1.25A, preferably within 1 A, preferably within 0.75A, preferably within 0.5A, and preferably within 0.25A of the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
  • the rmsd when comparing the structure coordinates of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues, is within 1.5 A, preferably within 1.25A, preferably within lA, preferably within 0.75 A, preferably within 0.5A, and more preferably within 0.25A.
  • the crystals and structure coordinates obtained therefrom may be used for rational drug design to identify and/or design compounds that bind RON as an approach towards developing new therapeutic agents.
  • a high resolution x-ray structure of, for example, a crystallized protein saturated with solvent will often show the locations of ordered solvent molecules around the protein, and in particular at or near putative binding pockets of the protein. This information can then be used to design molecules that bind these sites, the compounds synthesized and tested for binding in biological assays (Travis, Science, 262:1374, 1993).
  • the structure may also be computationally screened with a plurality of molecules to determine their ability to bind to the RONKD at various sites.
  • Such compounds may be used as targets or leads in medicinal chemistry efforts to identify, for example, inhibitors of potential therapeutic importance (Travis, Science, 262:1374, 1993).
  • the 3 -dimensional structures of such compounds may be superimposed on a 3- dimensional representation of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof to assess whether the compound fits spatially into the representation and hence the protein.
  • Structural information produced by such methods and concerning a compound that fits (or a fitting portion of such a compound) may be stored in a machine readable medium.
  • one or more identifiers of a compound that fits, or a fitting portion thereof may be stored in a machine readable medium.
  • identifiers include chemical name or abbreviation, chemical or molecular formula, chemical structure, and/or other identifying information.
  • the structural information of phenol, or the portion that fits may be stored for further use.
  • an identifier of phenol, or of the portion that fits, such as the -OH group may be stored for further use.
  • the structure of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof may be used to computationally screen small molecule databases for chemical entities or compounds that can bind in whole, or in part, to RON.
  • the quality of fit of such entities or compounds to the binding pocket may be judged either by shape complementarity or by estimated interaction energy (Meng, et al. , J. Comp. Chem. 13:505-24, 1992).
  • compounds may be developed that are analogues of natural substrates, reaction intermediates or reaction products of RON.
  • the reaction intermediates of RON may be deduced from the substrates, or reaction products in co-complex with RONKD.
  • the binding of substrates, reaction intermediates, and reaction products may change the conformation of the binding pocket, which provides additional information regarding binding patterns of potential ligands, activators, inhibitors, and the like.
  • Such information is also useful to design improved analogues of known RON inhibitors or to design novel classes of inhibitors based on the substrates, reaction intermediates, and reaction products of RONKD and RONKD-inhibitor co-complexes.
  • Another method of screening or designing compounds that associate with a binding pocket includes, for example, computationally designing a negative image of the binding pocket.
  • This negative image may be used to identify a set of pharmacophores.
  • a pharmacophore may be a description of functional groups and how they relate to each other in three-dimensional space.
  • This set of pharmacophores may be used to design compounds and screen chemical databases for compounds that match with the pharmacophore(s).
  • Compounds identified by this method may then be further evaluated computationally or experimentally for binding activity.
  • Various computer programs may be used to create the negative image of the binding pocket, for example; GRID (Goodford, J. Med. Chem.
  • GRID is available from Oxford University, Oxford, UK
  • MCSS Miranker & Karplus, Proteins: Structure, Function and Genetics 11 :29-34, 1991; MCSS is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA
  • LUDI Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992; LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA
  • DOCK Kuntz et al; J. MoI. Biol. 161 :269-88, 1982; DOCK is available from University of California, San Francisco, CA
  • DOCKIT Metalphorics, Mission Viejo, CA
  • MOE Metal Organics, Mission Viejo, CA
  • the design of compounds that bind to and/or modulate RON, for example that inhibit or activate RON according to this invention generally involves consideration of two factors.
  • the compound must be capable of physically and structurally associating, either covalently or non-covalently with RON.
  • covalent interactions may be important for designing irreversible or suicide inhibitors of a protein.
  • Non-covalent molecular interactions important in the association of RON with the compound include hydrogen bonding, ionic interactions and van der Waals and hydrophobic interactions.
  • the compound must be able to assume a conformation and orientation in relation to the binding pocket, that allows it to associate with RON.
  • Conformational requirements include the overall three-dimensional structure and orientation of the chemical group or compound in relation to all or a portion of the binding pocket, or the spacing between functional groups of a compound comprising several chemical groups that directly interact with RON.
  • various methods may be used. To screen a linear library, energetically favorable conformers are generated for each compound or fragment of the virtual library. Each conformer is placed in the crystallographically determined compound or fragment position in the desired protein binding site, and subjected to energy minimization.
  • Sterically accessible and/or energetically favorable conformers are generated, using software such as, for example, OMEGA (OpenEye), Catalyst (Accelrys), MOE (CCG) and SYBYL (Tripos), in the crystallographically determined compound or fragment position using, for example MOE (CCG) and DOCK.
  • the conformer/binding site combination is subjected to energy minimization using, for example InsightII (Accelrys), MOE (CCG) SYBYL (Tripos) and AMBER, and unfavorable conformations, such as, for example, those that have high intramolecular energy, such as, for example, those that have an intramolecular energy greater than about 5.0kcal/mol, are removed.
  • the top scoring substituents from the remaining conformations are selected with MM/PBSA and synthesized for further analysis.
  • Computer modeling techniques may be used to assess the potential modulating or binding effect of a chemical compound on RONKD. If computer modeling indicates a strong interaction, the molecule may then be synthesized and tested for its ability to bind to RON and affect (by inhibiting or activating) its activity.
  • Modulating or other binding compounds of RON may be computationally evaluated and designed by means of a series of steps in which chemical groups or fragments are screened and selected for their ability to associate with the individual binding pockets or other areas of RON. Several methods are available to screen chemical groups or fragments for their ability to associate with RON. This process may begin by visual inspection of, for example, the active site on the computer screen based on the RONKD coordinates.
  • Selected fragments or chemical groups may then be positioned in a variety of orientations, or docked, within an individual binding pocket of RONKD (Blaney, J.M. and Dixon, J. S., Perspectives in Drug Discovery and Design, 1 :301, 1993).
  • Manual docking may be accomplished using software such as Insight II (Accelrys, San Diego, CA) MOE; CE (Shindyalov, IN, Bourne, PE, "Protein Structure Alignment by Incremental Combinatorial Extension (CE) of the Optimal Path," Protein Engineering, 11 :739-47, 1998); and SYBYL (Molecular Modeling Software, Tripos Associates, Inc., St.
  • More automated docking may be accomplished by using programs such as DOCK (Kuntz et al, J. MoI. Biol, 161 :269-88, 1982; DOCK is available from University of California, San Francisco, CA); AUTODOCK (Goodsell & Olsen, Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 8:195-202, 1990; AUTODOCK is available from Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, CA); GOLD (Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre (CCDC); Jones et al., J. MoI. Biol.
  • Specialized computer programs may also assist in the process of selecting fragments or chemical groups. These include DOCK; GOLD; LUDI; FLEXX (Tripos, St. Louis, MO; Rarey, M., et al., J. MoI Biol. 261 :470-89, 1996); and GLIDE (Eldridge, et al., J. Comput. Aided MoI Des. 11 :425-45, 1997; Schr ⁇ dinger, Inc., New York). Other appropriate programs are described in, for example, Halperin, et al., (Portland, OR). [0276] Once suitable chemical groups or fragments have been selected, they may be assembled into a single compound or inhibitor.
  • Assembly may proceed by visual inspection of the relationship of the fragments to each other in the three-dimensional image displayed on a computer screen in relation to the structure coordinates of RONKD. This would be followed by manual model building using software such as SYBYL, (Tripos, St. Louis, MO); Insight II (Accelrys, San Diego, CA); and MOE (Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Canada). Other appropriate program are described in, for example, Halperin, et al.
  • CAVEAT Bartlett et al. , 'CAVEAT: A Program to Facilitate the Structure-Derived Design of Biologically Active Molecules'. In Molecular Recognition in Chemical and Biological Problems', Special Pub., Royal Chem. Soc. 78:182-96, 1989). CAVEAT is available from the University of California, Berkeley, CA.
  • 3D Database systems such as ISIS or MACCS-3D (MDL Information Systems, San Leandro, Calif). This area is reviewed in Martin, J. Med. Chem. 35:2145-54, 1992).
  • LUDI (Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992). LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
  • RON binding compounds may be designed as a whole or 'de novo' using either an empty active site or optionally including some portion(s) of a known inhibitor(s). These methods include, for example:
  • LUDI (Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992). LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
  • LEGEND (Nishibata & Itai, Tetrahedron, 47:8985, 1991). LEGEND is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
  • LeapFrog available from Tripos, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
  • GenStar Mercko, M.A. and Rotstein, S.H. J. Comput. Aided MoI. Des. 7:23-43, 1993.
  • GroupBuild Roststein, S.H., and Murcko, M.A., J. Med. Chem. 36: 1700, 1993).
  • LigBuilder (PDB (www.rcsb.org/pdb); Wang R, Ying G, Lai L, J. MoI. Model. 6: 498-516, 1998).
  • RONKD RONKD
  • a compound that has been designed or selected to function as a RON inhibitor may occupy a volume not overlapping the volume occupied by the active site residues when the native substrate is bound, however, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that there is some flexibility, allowing for rearrangement of the main chains and the side chains.
  • one of ordinary skill may design compounds that could exploit protein rearrangement upon binding, such as, for example, resulting in an induced fit.
  • an effective RON inhibitor may demonstrate a relatively small difference in energy between its bound and free states (i.e., it must have a small deformation energy of binding and/or low conformational strain upon binding).
  • the most efficient RON inhibitors should, for example, be designed with a deformation energy of binding of not greater than 10 kcal/mol, for example, not greater than 7 kcal/mol, for example, not greater than 5 kcal/mol and, for example, not greater than 2 kcal/mol.
  • RON inhibitors may interact with the protein in more than one conformation that is similar in overall binding energy. In those cases, the deformation energy of binding is taken to be the difference between the energy of the free compound and the average energy of the conformations observed when the inhibitor binds to the enzyme.
  • Methods of calculating energies are known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, for example, MOE v2004.03 from Chemical Computing Group using MMFF94, or Open Eye software using MMFF94s.
  • MMFF94 and MMFF94s Merck Molecular Mechanics Force Field are discussed in, for example, Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 490-519 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 520-552 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 553-586 (1996); Halgren and Nachbar, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 587- 615 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput.
  • a compound selected or designed for binding to RONKD may be further computationally optimized so that in its bound state it would, for example, lack repulsive electrostatic interaction with the target protein.
  • Non-complementary electrostatic interactions include repulsive charge-charge, dipole-dipole and charge-dipole interactions. Specifically, the sum of all electrostatic interactions between the inhibitor and the protein when the inhibitor is bound to it may make a neutral or favorable contribution to the enthalpy of binding.
  • substitutions may then be made in some of its atoms or chemical groups in order to improve or modify its binding properties. Generally, initial substitutions are conservative, i.e., the replacement group will have approximately the same size, shape, hydrophobicity and charge as the original group. One of skill in the art will understand that substitutions known in the art to alter conformation should be avoided.
  • Such altered chemical compounds may then be analyzed for efficiency of binding to RONKD by the same computer methods described in detail above.
  • Methods of structure-based drug design are described in, for example, Klebe, G., J. MoI. Med. 78:269-81, 2000); HoI. W.G.J., Angewandte Chemie (Int'l Edition in English) 25:767-852, 1986; and Gane, PJ. and Dean, P.M., Current Opinion in Structural Biology, 10:401-04, 2000.
  • the disclosed invention also provides means for the preparation of a compound the structure of which has been identified or designed, as described above, as binding RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof.
  • the synthesis thereof may readily proceed by means known in the art.
  • compounds that match the structure of one or more pharmacophores as described above may be prepared by means known in the art.
  • the production of a compound may proceed by introduction of one or more desired chemical groups by attachment to an initial compound which binds RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof and which has, or has been modified to contain, one or more chemical moieties for attachment of one or more desired chemical groups.
  • the initial compound may be viewed as a "scaffold" comprising at least one moiety capable of binding or associating with one or more residues of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof.
  • the initial compound may be a flexible or rigid "scaffold", optionally containing a linker for introduction of additional chemical moieties.
  • Various scaffold compounds may be used, including, but not limited to, aliphatic carbon chains, pyrrolidinones, sulfonamidopyrrolidinones, cycloalkanonedienes including cyclopentanonedienes, cyclohexanonedienes, and cyclopheptanonedienes, carbazoles, imidazoles, benzimidiazoles, pyridine, isoxazoles, isoxazolines, benzoxazinones, benzamidines, pyridinones and derivatives thereof.
  • scaffolds are described in, for example, Klebe, G., J. MoI. Med. 78: 269-281 (2000); Maignan, S. and Mikol, V., Curr. Top. Med. Chem. 1 : 161-174 (2001); and U.S. Patent No. 5,756,466 to Bemis et al.
  • the scaffold compound used may, for example, be one that comprises at least one moiety capable of binding or associating with one or more residues of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof.
  • Chemical moieties on the scaffold compound that permit attachment of one or more desired functional chemical groups may undergo conventional reactions by coupling, substitution, and electrophilic or nucleophilic displacement.
  • the moieties may be those already present on the compound or readily introduced.
  • an variant of the scaffold compound comprising the moieties is utilized initially.
  • the moiety may be a leaving group which can readily be removed from the scaffold compound.
  • Various moieties may be used, including but not limited to pyrophosphates, acetates, hydroxy groups, alkoxy groups, tosylates, brosylates, halogens, and the like.
  • the scaffold compound is synthesized from readily available starting materials using conventional techniques.
  • RONKD may crystallize in more than one crystal form
  • the structure coordinates of RONKD, or portions thereof are particularly useful to solve the structure of those other crystal forms of RONKD. They may also be used to solve the structure of RONKD mutants, RONKD co-complexes, or of the crystalline form of any other protein with significant amino acid sequence homology to any functional domain of RONKD.
  • Homologs or mutants of RONKD may, for example, have an amino acid sequence homology to the Homo sapiens amino acid sequence of Fig. 2 of greater than 60%, more preferred proteins have a greater than 70% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 80% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 90% sequence homology, and most preferred proteins have greater than 95% sequence homology.
  • a protein domain, region, or binding pocket may have a level of amino acid sequence homology to the corresponding domain, region, or binding pocket amino acid sequence of Homo sapiens of Fig.
  • Percent homology may be determined using, for example, a PSI BLAST search, such as, but not limited to version 2.1.2 (Altschul, S. F., et al., Nuc. Acids Rec. 25:3389-3402, 1997).
  • the unknown crystal structure whether it is another crystal form of RONKD, a RONKD mutant, or a RONKD co-complex, or the crystal of some other protein with significant amino acid sequence homology to any functional domain of RONKD, may be determined using phase information from the RONKD structure coordinates.
  • This method may provide an accurate three-dimensional structure for the unknown protein in the new crystal more quickly and efficiently than attempting to determine such information ab initio.
  • RONKD mutants may be crystallized in co-complex with known RONKD inhibitors.
  • a co-crystal may be obtained, for example, by soaking a crystalline form of a target protein in the presence of at least one ligand. Or, a co-crystal may be obtained, for example, by crystallizing a co-complex, by preparing a solution comprising a target protein and a ligand, and then following an appropriate crystallization method.
  • the ligand may be present in the mother liquor or, if it is insoluble in the mother liquor, it may be dissolved, at the highest concentration possible, in DMSO, for example.
  • This information provides an additional tool for determining the most efficient binding interactions, for example, increased hydrophobic interactions, between RONKD and a chemical group or compound.
  • an unknown crystal form has the same space group as and similar cell dimensions to the known RONKD crystal form, then the phases derived from the known crystal form may be directly applied to the unknown crystal form, and in turn, an electron density map for the unknown crystal form may be calculated. Difference electron density maps can then be used to examine the differences between the unknown crystal form and the known crystal form.
  • a difference electron density map is a subtraction of one electron density map, e.g., that derived from the known crystal form, from another electron density map, e.g., that derived from the unknown crystal form. Therefore, all similar features of the two electron density maps are eliminated in the subtraction and only the differences between the two structures remain.
  • the unknown crystal form is of a RONKD co-complex
  • a difference electron density map between this map and the map derived from the native, uncomplexed crystal will ideally show only the electron density of the ligand.
  • amino acid side chains have different conformations in the two crystal forms, then those differences will be highlighted by peaks (positive electron density) and valleys (negative electron density) in the difference electron density map, making the differences between the two crystal forms easy to detect.
  • this approach will not work and molecular replacement must be used in order to derive phases for the unknown crystal form.
  • This may be determined using computer software, such as X-PLOR, CNX, or refmac (part of the CCP4 suite; Collaborative Computational Project, Number 4, "The CCP4 Suite: Programs for Protein Crystallography,” Acta Cryst. D50, 760-63, 1994).
  • the structure coordinates of RONKD mutants will also facilitate the identification of related proteins or enzymes analogous to RON in function, structure or both, thereby further leading to novel therapeutic modes for treating or preventing diseases or disorders in which RON activity is implicated.
  • Subsets of the molecular structure coordinates may be used in any of the above methods. Particularly useful subsets of the coordinates include, but are not limited to, coordinates of single domains, coordinates of residues lining an active site or binding pocket, coordinates of residues that participate in important protein-protein contacts at an interface, and alpha-carbon coordinates.
  • the coordinates of one domain of a protein that contains the active site may be used to design inhibitors that bind to that site, even though the protein is fully described by a larger set of atomic coordinates. Therefore, a set of atomic coordinates that define the entire polypeptide chain, although useful for many applications, do not necessarily need to be used for the methods described herein.
  • Human A-498 cDNA was synthesized using a standard cDNA synthesis kit following the manufacturers' instructions.
  • the template for the cDNA synthesis was mRNA isolated from Hep G2 cells [ATCC HB-8065] using a standard RNA isolation kit.
  • An open-reading frame for RONKD was amplified from the human A-498 cDNA by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the following primers: Forward primer: CGGAAAGAGTCCATCCAG
  • the PCR product (954 base pairs expected) was electrophoresed on a 1.2% E- gel ( Cat. #G5018-01, Invitrogen Corporation) and the appropriate size band was excised from the gel and eluted using a standard gel extraction kit.
  • the eluted DNA was TOPO ligated into TOPO (Invitrogen Corporation) adapted pFB N His vector which was custom TOPO adapted by Invitrogen Corporation.
  • the resulting sequence of the gene after being TOPO ligated into the vector, from the start sequence through the stop site was as follows: ATG TCT TAC TAC CAT CAC CAT CAC CAT CAC GAT TAC GAT CTA CCA ACG ACC GAA AAC CTG TAT TTT CAG GGA TCC CTT 3Tinsert15'AA GGG TGA
  • the protein expressed using this vector has an N-terminal methionine, N his tag + TEV cleavage site, the kinase domain of RON, and a stop.
  • the vector was mutated to encode an M1254T mutant (referred to as RONKD-M1254T herein).
  • Plasmids containing TOPO ligated inserts were transformed into chemically competent TOP 10 cells (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat.#C4040-10). Colonies were then screened for inserts in the correct orientation and small DNA amounts were purified using a "miniprep" procedure from 2ml cultures, using a standard kit, following the manufacturer's instructions. For standard molecular biology protocols followed here, see also, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook et ah, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY, 2001, and Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, NY, 1989. The DNA that was in the "correct" orientation was then sequence verified.
  • the bacmid was transfected and expressed in SF9 cells using the following standard Bac to Bac protocol (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat.#10359-016)
  • RONKD is purified as follows. The soluble fraction is purified over an IMAC column charged with nickel (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), and eluted under native conditions with a gradient of 2OmM to 50OmM imidazole in 5OmM Tris.pH7.8, 1OmM methionine, 10% glycerol. Fractions containing the RONKD protein are pooled.
  • TEV protease (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) is added to the pool to cleave the His-tag and incubated O/N at 4°C while dialyzing in 5OmM Tris pH7.8, 1OmM methionine, 10% glycerol to remove the imidazole.
  • the RONKD protein is passed over an IMAC column, charged with nickel, a second time. The cleaved RON is recovered from the flowthrough, whereas the uncleaved protein, and the His-tagged TEV protease remain bound to the column.
  • RONKD is then further purified by gel filtration using a Superdex 200 preparative grade column equilibrated in GF4 buffer (1OmM HEPES, 1OmM methionine, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM DTT, and 10% glycerol).
  • Fractions containing the purified RONKD kinase domain are pooled, concentrated to 8.5mg/ml, flash frozen and stored at -8O 0 C.
  • the protein obtained is 95% pure as judged by electrophoresis on SDS polyacrylamide gels. Mass spectroscopic analysis of the purified protein showed that it is predominantly singly phosphorylated.
  • a hanging drop containing 1.0 ⁇ l of RONKD-M1254T polypeptide 11 mg/ml in 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM sodium chloride, 1OmM methionine, and 1.0 ⁇ l reservoir solution: 22 % (w/v) polyethylene glycol 4000, 100 mM magnesium sulfate, and 10% (v/v) glycerol, in a sealed container containing 500.0 ⁇ L reservoir solution, incubated for 3 days at 4°C provides diffraction quality crystals.
  • Structure S417 was obtained from Crystal A; Strurcture S431 was obtained from crystal form B; and structure S482 was obtained from crystal form C.
  • Other examples of methods of obtaining a crystal comprise the steps of: (a) mixing a volume of a solution comprising the RON with a volume of a reservoir solution comprising a precipitant, such as, for example, polyethylene glycol; and (b) incubating the mixture obtained in step (a) over the reservoir solution in a closed container, under conditions suitable for crystallization until the crystal forms.
  • a range of about 5% to about 15% (w/v), or higher, of polyethylene glycol 8000 may be present in the reservoir solution.
  • the concentration of polyethylene glycol 8000 is about 10% (w/v).
  • the concentration of HEPES is, for example, about 50 mM or higher.
  • the concentration of HEPES is, for example, up to about 200 mM.
  • the concentration of HEPES is about 100 mM.
  • the concentration of calcium acetate is, for example, about 50 mM or higher.
  • the concentration of calcium acetate is, for example, up to about 500 mM.
  • the concentration of calcium acetate is about 200 mM.
  • the reservoir solution has a pH of, for example, about 6.5 or about 7.
  • the reservoir solution may, for example, have a pH up to about 8 or about 8.5.
  • the pH is about 7.5.
  • the temperature is, for example, about 4°C or higher.
  • the temperature may be, for example, up to about 3O 0 C.
  • the temperature is from about 4 0 C to about 21 0 C.
  • the crystals are individually harvested from their trays and transferred to a cryoprotectant consisting of reservoir solution containing glycerol. After about 2 minutes the crystal is collected and transferred into liquid nitrogen. The crystals are transferred in liquid nitrogen to the Advanced Photon Source (Argonne National Laboratory) where a native data set is collected.
  • a cryoprotectant consisting of reservoir solution containing glycerol. After about 2 minutes the crystal is collected and transferred into liquid nitrogen. The crystals are transferred in liquid nitrogen to the Advanced Photon Source (Argonne National Laboratory) where a native data set is collected.
  • Atomic superpositions are performed with MOE (available from Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Quebec, Canada). Per residue solvent accessible surface calculations are done with GRASP (Nicholls et al, "Protein folding and association: insights from the interfacial and thermodynamic properties of hydrocarbons," Proteins, 11 :281-96, 1991). The electrostatic surface is calculated using a probe radius of 1.4A.
  • the RON kinase domain adopts the typical bilobal, protein-kinase fold.
  • the N- lobe of the RON kinase domain has a core six-stranded beta sheet; the C-lobe is primarily alpha helical.
  • the structure of RON was determined in complex with the nucleotide analog AMP-PNP, which binds within the active-site cleft located between the two lobes.
  • the adenine ring of AMP-PNP forms the canonical hydrogen bonding to backbone groups in the hinge segment joining the N and C lobes.
  • the base of the activation loop adopts a conformation resembling the catalytically competent state, with the aspartate side chain of the DFG motif directed toward the active-site cleft; and the N-lobe' s alphaC helix is positioned such that a conserved glutamic-acid residue forms a salt bridge with a lysine residue.
  • a shift in the position of alpha-C helix places these two groups 15 A apart.
  • the conformation of the activation loop differs substantially in the three structures. In Form-A, the activation loop is largely disordered and not visible in the electron-density maps.
  • the Form-B loop has a positioning mimicking that of the activated kinase, with a sulfate anion from the solvent participating in hydrogen-bond interactions analogous to those formed by a phosphorylated tyrosine 190.
  • Form-C of RON which resembles a conformationally inactive kinase, the activation loop adopts an unusual, open conformation that sequesters the tyrosine 190 phosphorylation site.
  • Example 2 Use of RONKD Coordinates for Inhibitor Design
  • the coordinates of the disclosed invention including the coordinates of molecules comprising the binding pocket residues of Figure 4, as well as coordinates of homologs having a rmsd of the backbone atoms of preferably less than 1.5A, more preferably less than 1.25A, more preferably less than lA, more preferably less than 0.75A, and more preferably less than 0.5 A from the coordinates of Figure 4, are used to design compounds, including inhibitory compounds, that associate with RON, or homologs of RON. Such compounds may associate with RON at the active site, in a binding pocket, in an accessory binding pocket, or in parts or all of both regions.
  • the process may be aided by using a computer comprising a computer readable database, wherein the database comprises coordinates of an active site, binding pocket, or accessory binding pocket of the disclosed invention.
  • the computer may be programmed, for example, with a set of machine-executable instructions, wherein the recorded instructions are capable of displaying a three-dimensional representation of RON, or portions thereof.
  • the computer is used according to the methods described herein to design compounds that associate with RON, for example, at the active site or a binding pocket.
  • a chemical compound library is obtained.
  • the library may be purchased from a publicly available source or commercial supplier, such as, for example, SIGMA- ALDRICH, LANCASTER, FLUKA, ACROS, MAYBRIDGE, CHEMBRIDGE (San Diego, California, www.chembridge.com), Available Chemical Database, or Asinex (Moscow 123182, Russia, www.asinex.com).
  • a filter is used to retain compounds in the library that satisfy the Lipinski rule of five, which states that compounds are likely to have good absorption and permeation in biological systems and are more likely to be successful drug candidates if they meet the following criteria: five or fewer hydrogen-bond donors, ten or fewer hydrogen-bond acceptors, molecular weight less than or equal to 500, and a calculated logP less than or equal to 5. (Lipinski, C.A., et al., Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 23 3-25 (1996)).
  • This filter reduces the size of the compound library used to screen against the structure of the disclosed invention.
  • Docking programs described herein such as, for example, DOCK, or GOLD, are used to identify compounds that bind to the active site and/or binding pocket.
  • Compounds may be screened against more than one binding pocket of the protein structure, or more than one set of coordinates for the same protein, taking into account different molecular dynamic conformations of the protein. Consensus scoring may then be used to identify the compounds that are the best fit for the protein (Charifson, P.S. et al., J. Med. Chem. 42:5100-9 (1999)).
  • Data obtained from more than one protein molecule structure may also be scored according to the methods described in Klingler et al., U.S. Utility Application, filed May 3, 2002, entitled “Computer Systems and Methods for Virtual Screening of Compounds.” Compounds having the best fit are then obtained from the producer of the chemical library, or synthesized, and used in binding assays and bioassays.
  • the coordinates of the disclosed invention are also used to determine pharmacophores. These pharmacophores may be designed after reviewing results from the use of a docking program, to determine the shape of the RON pharmacophore. Alternatively, programs such as GRID are used to calculate the properties of a pharmacophore. Once the pharmacophore is determined, it may be used to screen chemical libraries for compounds that fit within the pharmacophore. [0321] The coordinates of the disclosed invention are also used to identify substructures that interact with various portions of an active site or binding pocket of RON. Once a substructure, or set of substructures, is determined, it is used to screen a chemical library for compounds comprising the substructure or set of substructures. The identified compounds are then docked to, for example, the active site or binding pocket.
  • the kinase assays may use various forms of RONKD and RON, including, for example, RONKD or the RON molecule itself, or a portion thereof.
  • NIH 3T3 cells are transfected with either empty SRa expression vector or expression vectors containing HA-tagged RON or RONKD.
  • Cells are harvested in M2 buffer (Minden, A. et ah, Science, 266:1719- 23, 1994) 48 h after trans fection.
  • M2 buffer Minden, A. et ah, Science, 266:1719- 23, 1994
  • Approximately 100 ⁇ g of cell extracts are mixed with anti-HA antibody and protein A-Sepharose and incubated 2 h to overnight at 4°C.
  • the immune complexes are washed twice with M2 buffer and twice in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, and incubated in a kinase buffer containing 20 ⁇ M ATP and 5 ⁇ Ci of [Y- 32 P]ATP together with either 5 ⁇ g of histone H4 or MBP (Boehringer Mannheim) or no substrate, at 30 0 C for 20 min.
  • the reaction is stopped by boiling in 4 ⁇ SDS loading buffer. Proteins are resolved by SDS-PAGE, and substrate phosphorylation and autophosphorylation are visualized by autoradiography.
  • recombinant RON or RONKD (2 ⁇ g bound to protein G-Sepharose conjugated with monoclonal glu- glu antibody) is washed once and incubated in 40 ⁇ l of kinase buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM MnCl 2 ) with 2 ⁇ g of either Racl or Cdc42Hs, all previously loaded with GTP or GDP.
  • kinase buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM MnCl 2
  • the reaction is initiated by adding 10 ⁇ l of kinase buffer containing 50 ⁇ M ATP and 5 ⁇ Ci of [If- 32 P]ATP and incubated for 20 min at 3O 0 C.
  • the reaction is stopped by adding 10 ⁇ l of 5 ⁇ SDS-PAGE sample buffer and boiling for 5 min. Samples are applied to a 14% SDS-PAGE gel and exposed to film.
  • a test compound is added to the assay at a range of concentrations.
  • Inhibitors may, for example, inhibit RON or RONKD activity at an IC 50 under 100 ⁇ M, for example under 10 ⁇ M, for example, under 1 ⁇ M, in the nanomolar range, or, for example, in the sub-nanomolar range.
  • NIH3T3 cells are stably transfected with either control, wild-type, or mutant RON or RONKD vector (Qu, J. et al., MoI Cell Biol, 10: 3523-33, 2001).
  • RONor RONKD To estimate the level of apoptosis and survival of stably transfected cell lines, equal numbers of cells are seeded in growth medium in 3.5-, 6-, or 10-cm plates.
  • cells are assayed for apoptosis induction following treatments with UV irradiation, tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF ⁇ ), and serum deprivation.
  • UV irradiation cells are washed twice in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). After removal of the PBS, cells are exposed to 50 J/m 2 UV-light in a UV cross-linker (Fisher) followed by addition of fresh medium.
  • PBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • cells are washed once with fresh medium that was replaced by medium containing TNF ⁇ and cycloheximide (CHX) either alone or in combination at a concentration of 10 ng/ml and 10 ⁇ g/ml, respectively (CHX is used as a control to block the NF-kB-mediated survival pathway induced by TNF ⁇ ).
  • CHX cycloheximide
  • cells are washed once with medium without serum, followed by addition of fresh medium containing 0.1, 0.5, or 10% serum for 24 h. After stimulation, cells are collected at 1 h, 2 h, and 4 h intervals and fixed for flow cytometry analysis or used to prepare total cell extracts.
  • a test compound is added to the assay at a range of concentrations.
  • Inhibitors may inhibit RONKD activity at an IC50 in the nanomolar range, and, for example, in the subnanomolar range.
  • compositions comprising RON modulators, such as inhibitors are useful, for example, for treating unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell proliferation, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell migration, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell differentiation, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating gene expression, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating angiogenesis, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell invasion, or unwanted (or undesired) metastasis.
  • target protein modulators such as, for example, inhibitors, which are useful, for example, as antimicrobial agents, as antiviral agents, for modulating protein kinase activity, treatment of conditions mediated by human signal - transduction kinase activity such cancer and neurodegenerative disorders, as well as disease associated with aberrant cytoskeletal rearrangement, neuronal cell differentiation, and cell cycle progression.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations of the disclosed invention are also useful in PET studies, using isotope derivatives of the compounds, such as, for example, 19 F, 11 O, and 12 C.
  • the compounds of the disclosed invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases, and may also be used as agents for agricultural use, for example, as herbicides, fungicides, or pesticides.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions containing target protein affecters may also be used to modify the activity of homologs of target protein.
  • the compounds of the disclosed invention include geometric and optical isomers.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic and topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20 th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
  • the compounds according to the invention are effective over a wide dosage range.
  • dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg from 0.5 to 100 mg, and from 1 to 50 mg per day, from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that may be used.
  • One example of a dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day.
  • the exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
  • salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may include, by way of example but not limitation, acetate, benzenesulfonate, besylate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate
  • compositions may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20 th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
  • Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, for example, acetate, benzoate, bromide, carbonate, citrate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, napsylate, pamoate (embonate), phosphate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, or tartrate.
  • agents may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally.
  • the agents may be delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained- low release form as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20 th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000). Suitable routes may include oral, buccal, sublingual, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, nasal or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
  • the agents of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • Use of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to formulate the compounds herein disclosed for the practice of the invention into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the invention. With proper choice of carrier and suitable manufacturing practice, the compositions of the disclosed invention, in particular, those formulated as solutions, may be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration.
  • Such carriers enable the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
  • compositions suitable for use in the disclosed invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
  • these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which may be used pharmaceutically.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which may be used pharmaceutically.
  • the preparations formulated for oral administration may be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions.
  • compositions for oral use may be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone).
  • disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • suitable coatings may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dye-stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • compositions that may be used orally include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs).
  • PEGs liquid polyethylene glycols
  • stabilizers may be added.

Abstract

The present invention provides machine readable media embedded with the three- dimensional molecular structure coordinates of RONKD and subsets thereof, including binding pockets, methods of using the structure to identify and design affecters, including inhibitors and activator, mutants of RONKD or RONKD crystals and compounds and compositions that affect RON activity.

Description

CRYSTALS AND STRUCTURES OF RON KINASE
INTRODUCTION
[0001] The invention concerns crystalline forms of polypeptides that correspond to the kinase domain of RON Kinase domain, (RONKD), methods of obtaining such crystals, and to the high-resolution x-ray diffraction structures and molecular structure coordinates obtained therefrom. The crystals of the disclosed invention and the atomic structural information obtained therefrom are useful, for example, for solving the crystal and solution structures of related and unrelated proteins, for screening for, identifying, and/or designing protein analogues and modified proteins, and for screening for, identifying and/or designing compounds that bind to and/or modulate a biological activity of RON, including inhibitors and activators of RON activity.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The disclosed invention describes the 3 -dimensional structure of the kinase domain of human RON kinase. The protein Ron (recepteur d'origine nantais) is a receptor protein tyrosine kinase. It is a member of a small subfamily of receptor protein tyrosine kinases that includes the human proto-oncogene Met. Ron is expressed primarily in epithelial tissues, such the skin, lung, kidney, colon, and breast, and also in macrophages. The macrophage-stimulating protein (MSP) has been identified as an (the) activating ligand recognized by Ron. A number of regulatory proteins are reported to be substrates for the tyrosine-kinase activity of activated Ron, including SOS, Grb2, Ras, PI-3K, MAPK/Erk 1/2, JNK, beta-catenin, FAK, integrins, Smad 2/3 , and NF-kappaB. These effector proteins are responsible for mediating the cellular responses to Ron activation. The affected cellular responses are important in cell development and homeostasis, and include proliferation, transformation, motility, cell-cell dissociation, matrix invasiveness, and morphogenesis. Abnormal Ron activity has been shown to be associated with human cancers of the lung, gastrointestinal tract, liver, and breast.
[0003] The mature Ron protein is a transmembrane, heterodimer of two polypeptide chains, alpha (40 kilodaltons) and beta (150 kilodaltons). The alpha and beta chains are derived by proteolytic processing from a single-chain precursor, and are joined by a disulfide bond. The mature Ron polypeptide forms several distinct protein domains. The alpha chain, which is derived from the N-terminal portion of the full-length precursor, and the first domain of the beta chain (called the Sema domain) have an extracellular location, and function to recognize and bind the ligand, MSP. The Sema domain is followed by a glycine-proline-rich repeat, which precedes the single-pass transmembrane segment. The intracellular portion of Ron consists of the tyrosine-kinase domain, followed by a C- terminal tail which functions in recruiting substrate proteins.
[0004] The normal mode of Ron activation is typically ligand (MSP) dependent, but may also be independent of ligand. Activation proceeds through homo-dimerization of the Ron protein. The subsequent auto-phosphorylation at several tyrosine side chains within the Ron kinase domain and the C-terminal tail, is reported to lead elevated activity of the tyrosine kinase. The 3 dimensional structure of RON may be useful, for example, for identifying novel therapeutic compounds that can modulate protein kinase activity, and for treatment of conditions mediated by human signal transduction kinase activity such as cancer, for example, gastrointestinal, lung, liver, and breast cancer. [0005] Knowledge of the 3-D structures of target proteins provides an important basis for structure-based approaches to drug design by defining the topographies of the complementary surfaces of ligands and their protein targets. Therefore, knowledge of the structure of the RONKD protein described by the disclosed invention may be useful in the identification, design, or development of novel and specific modulators of protein kinase activity as well as diagnostic and pharmaceutical compounds useful for disorders associated with aberrant RON expression or activity. Knowledge of the structure may also be useful for gene therapy. The structural coordinates may be used, for example, to engineer more stable or other modified RONs. The ability to obtain the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD has not previously been realized. [0006] Citation of documents herein is not intended as an admission that any is pertinent prior art. All statements as to the date or representation as to the contents of documents is based on the information available to the applicant and does not constitute any admission as to the correctness of the dates or contents of the documents.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] The disclosed invention provides crystalline RONKD, its molecular structure in atomic detail, homologs and mutants of the structure as well as co-crystals of RONKD and a ligand. The disclosed invention also provides methods of using a disclosed structure to identify and design compounds that modulate the activity of RON, methods of preparing identified and/or designed compounds, methods of affecting cell motility, cell growth and/or viability, and thus treating diseases or conditions, by modulating RON activity, and methods of identifying and designing mutant RONs. Knowledge of the structure of RONKD may be useful in the development of novel compounds regulating cell proliferation, cell migration, differentiation, cytoskeletal organization, gene expression, cell cycle progression, cell death, angiogenesis, invasion, and/or metastasis. Knowledge of the structure of RONKD may also be used to model the structure of kinases with related ligand binding sites, such as, for example, MET, RYK, AXL, MER, and/or TYRO3/SKY and other tyrosine kinases such as for example, ephrin receptors. [0008] By "RON activity" is meant RON kinase activity, binding activity, imunogenicity, or any enzymatic activity of the RON protein, or the RON kinase domain alone. Binding activity includes the association of RON, or a fragment thereof, with a ligand in a crystal structure. RON activity may be assayed, where appropriate, using all or a portion of the entire RON molecule. For example, the RON kinase domain alone may be used in kinase, binding, immunogenicity, or other RON enzymatic activities. Similarly, a modulator, inhibitor, or activator of RON protein may also be a modulator, inhibitor, or activator of the RON kinase domain, and modulation, inhibition or activation of RON activity may be assayed by assaying the modulation, inhibition, or activation of RON kinase domain activity. Also, where RONKD activity is assayed, portions of the RON molecule in addition to the RONKD may be used in the assay. Thus, for example, where the disclosed invention describes assaying modulation, inhibition, or activation of RONKD, instead, an assay may be performed to determine modulation, inhibition, or activation of RON.
[0009] Thus, in one aspect, the disclosed invention provides purified RONKD, and methods of purifying RONKD. RONKD may be sufficiently pure such that it may be used to prepare diffraction quality crystals, including co-crystals with a ligand. For ease of obtaining diffraction quality crystals, the purified RONKD may be predominantly, or entirely, of one phosphorylation state.
[0010] So the disclosed invention provides a crystal comprising RON or RONKD peptides in preferrred crystalline form. In some embodiments of the disclosed invention, the crystal is diffraction quality. The crystals of the disclosed invention include, for example, crystals of wild type RONKD, crystals of mutated RONKD, native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals, and crystals of RONKD homologs or RONKD mutants, such as, but not limited to, selenomethionine or selenocysteine mutants, mutants comprising conservative alterations in amino acid residues, and truncated or extended mutants.
[0011] The crystals of the disclosed invention also include co-crystals, in which crystallized RONKD is in association with one or more compounds, including but not limited to, cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogs, inhibitors, activators, agonists, antagonists, modulators, allosteric effectors, etc., to form a crystalline co-complex. Such compounds may or may not bind a catalytic or active site of RONKD within the crystal. Alternatively, such compounds stably interact with another binding pocket of RONKD within the crystal. The co-crystals may be native co-crystals, in which the co-complex is substantially pure, or they may be heavy-atom derivative co-crystals, in which the co- complex is in association with one or more heavy-metal atoms, preferably heavy-metal atoms that promote anomalous scattering.
[0012] In other embodiments, the crystals of the disclosed invention are of sufficient quality to permit the determination of the three-dimensional x-ray diffraction structure of the crystalline polypeptide to high resolution, for example, to a resolution of better than 3 A, or, at least lA and up to about 3 A, and more typically a resolution of greater than 1.5A and up to 2A or about 2A, or 2.5A or about 2.5A.
[0013] In one embodiment (Form A), the crystals are characterized by a unit cell of a= 137A+/- 2%, b= 137A +/- 2%, c= 86.5A+/- 2%, α= 90°, β= 90° , γ= 120°, and a space group of H 3. In another embodiment (Form B), the crystals are characterized by a unit cell of a= 139A+/- 2%, b= 139A +/- 2%, c= 78.7A+/- 2%, α= 90°, β= 90° , γ= 120°, and a space group of H 3. In a third embodiment (Form C), the crystals are characterized by a unit cell of a= 97.4A+/- 2%, b= 97.4A +/- 2%, c= 45.3 A+/- 2%, α= 90°, β= 90° , γ= 90°, and a space group of P 4 1.
[0014] The disclosed invention also provides methods of making the crystals of the invention. Generally, crystals of the invention are grown by dissolving substantially pure polypeptide in an aqueous buffer that includes a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the polypeptide. Water is then removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until the crystal forms and the size of the crystal is appropriate.
[0015] Co-crystals of the disclosed invention are prepared by soaking a native crystal prepared according to the above method in a liquor comprising the compound of the desired co-complex. Alternatively, the co-crystals may be prepared by co-crystallizing the polypeptide in the presence of the compound according to the method discussed above. [0016] Heavy-atom derivative crystals of the disclosed invention may be prepared by soaking native crystals or co-crystals prepared according to the above method in a liquor comprising a salt of a heavy atom or an organometallic compound. Alternatively, heavy- atom derivative crystals may be prepared by crystallizing a polypeptide comprising modified amino acids, for example, selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine residues according to the methods described above for preparing native crystals. [0017] In yet another embodiment of the disclosed invention, a method is provided for determining the three-dimensional structure of a RONKD crystal, comprising the steps of providing a crystal of the disclosed invention; and analyzing the crystal by x-ray diffraction to determine the three-dimensional structure. Stated differently, the disclosed invention provides for the production of three-dimensional structural information (or "data") from the crystals of the invention. Such information may be in the form of structural coordinates that define the three-dimensional structure of RONKD in a crystal and/or co-crystal. Alternatively, the structural coordinates may define the three- dimensional structure of a portion of RONKD in the crystal. Non-limiting examples of portions of RONKD include the catalytic or active site, and a binding pocket. The structural coordinate information may include other structural information, such as vector representations of the molecular structures coordinates, and be stored or compiled in the form of a database, optionally in electronic form.
[0018] The disclosed invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising obtaining three-dimensional structural coordinates defining RONKD or a binding pocket of RONKD, from a crystal of RONKD; and introducing said structural coordinates into a computer to produce a database containing the molecular structural coordinates of RONKD or said binding pocket. The disclosed invention also provides databases produced by such methods. [0019] In an alternative embodiment, the disclosed invention provides for the use of identifiers of structural information to be all or part of the information defining the three- dimensional structure of RONKD so that all or part of the actual structural information need not be present. For example, and without limiting the invention, identifiers which reference structural coordinates defining a three-dimensional structure, substructure or shape may be used in place of the actual coordinate information. Such reference structural information is optionally stored separately from the identifiers used to define the three- dimensional structure of RONKD. A non-limiting example is the use of an identifier for an alpha helix structure in place of the coordinates of the helical structure, or the use of distances and angles to represent the structure.
[0020] In another aspect, the disclosed invention provides computer machine-readable media containing, or embedded with, the three-dimensional structural information obtained from the crystals of the invention, or portions or substrates thereof. The disclosed invention also provides methods for the introduction of the structural information into a computer readable medium, optionally as a computer readable database. The types of machine- or computer-readable media into which the structural information is embedded or placed typically include magnetic tape, floppy discs, hard disc storage media, optical discs, CD-ROM, electrical storage media such as RAM or ROM, and hybrids of any of these storage media. Such media further include paper that may be read by a scanning device and converted into a three-dimensional structure with, for example, optical character recognition (OCR) software. In one example, the sheet of paper presents the molecular structure coordinates of crystalline polypeptide of the disclosed invention that are converted into, for example, a spread sheet by OCR software. The machine- readable media of the disclosed invention may further comprise additional information that is useful for representing the three-dimensional structure, including, but not limited to, thermal parameters, chain identifiers, and connectivity information. [0021] Various machine-readable media are provided in the disclosed invention. In one aspect, a machine-readable medium is provided that is embedded with, or used to store, information defining a three-dimensional structural representation of any of the crystals of the disclosed invention, or a fragment or portion thereof. The information may be in the form of molecular structure coordinates, such as, for example, those of Fig. 3, 4, or 5. Alternatively, the information may include an identifier used to reference a particular 3 -dimensional structure, substructure or shape. The machine-readable medium may be embedded with, or used to store, the molecular structure coordinates of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD active site, active site homolog, binding pocket or binding pocket homolog. The various machine-readable media of the disclosed invention may also comprise data corresponding to a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog in association with a compound or molecule bound to the protein, such as in a co-crystal.
[0022] The molecular structure coordinates and machine-readable media of the disclosed invention have a variety of uses. For example, the coordinates are useful for solving the three-dimensional x-ray diffraction and/or solution structures of other proteins, including mutant RONKD, co-complexes comprising RONKD, and unrelated proteins, to high resolution. Structural information may also be used in a variety of molecular modeling and computer-based screening applications to, for example, intelligently design mutants of the crystallized RONKD that have altered biological activity and to computationally design and identify compounds that bind the polypeptide or a portion or fragment of the polypeptide, such as a subunit, a domain or an active site. Such compounds may be used directly or as lead compounds in pharmaceutical efforts to identify compounds that affect RONKD activity. Compounds that bind to the polypeptide, or to a portion or fragment thereof may be used as, for example, therapeutic agents.
[0023] The disclosed invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program, superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the binding pocket, assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the binding pocket of RONKD and storing a representation of a compound that fits into the binding pocket into a computer readable database. The database used to store the representation of a compound may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD. The disclosed invention further provides for the electronic transmission of any structural information resulting from the practice of the invention, such as by telephonic, computer implemented, microwave mediated, and satellite mediated means as non-limiting examples.
[0024] As described above, the molecular structure coordinates and/or machine- readable media associated with RONKD structure may also be used in the production of three-dimensional structural information (or "data") of a compound capable of binding RONKD. Such information may be in the form of structural coordinates that define the three-dimensional structure of a compound, optionally in combination or with reference to structural components of RONKD. In some embodiments, the structure coordinates of the compound are determined and presented (or represented) relative to the structure coordinates of the protein. Alternatively, identifiers of structural information are used to represent all or part of the information defining the three-dimensional structure of a compound so that all or part of the actual structural information need not be present. For example, and without limiting the invention, if the structural information of a compound includes a region defining a pyrophosphate (or pyrophosphate mimetic) moiety, the structural coordinates of pyrophosphate may be substituted by an identifier representing the structure of pyrophosphate, such as the name, chemical formula or other chemical representation. Any compound capable of binding RONKD may be represented by chemical name, chemical or molecular formula, chemical structure, and/or other identifying information. As a non-limiting example, the compound CH3CH2OH may be represented by names such as ethanol or ethyl alcohol, abbreviations such as EtOH, chemical or molecular formulas such as CH3CH2OH or C2H5OH or C2H6O, and/or by structural representations in two or three dimensions. Non-limiting examples of the latter include Fisher projections, electron density maps and representations, space filling models, and the following:
Figure imgf000010_0001
CH3 CH2-OH H3C C OH
H2
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0025] Non-limiting examples of other identifying information include Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) Registry numbers and physical or chemical properties indicative of the compound (such as, but not limited to, NMR spectra, IR spectra, MS spectra, GC profiles, and melting point). Of course the structures of a portion of a compound (e.g. a substructure) may be similarly identified by reference to any of the above used to identify a compound as a whole.
[0026] To produce structural information of a compound capable of binding RONKD, the disclosed invention provides for the use of a variety of methods, including a) the superimposition of structures of known compounds on the structure of RONKD or a portion thereof, b) the determination of a "pharmacophore" structure which binds RONKD, and c) the determination of substructure(s) of compounds, wherein the substructure(s) interact with RONKD. The structural coordinate information may include other structural information, such as vector representations of the molecular structures coordinates, and be stored or compiled in the form of a database, optionally in electronic form. With respect to a), the invention includes the computational screening of a three- dimensional structural representation of RONKD or a portion thereof, or a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog, with a plurality of chemical compounds and chemical entities. Alternatively, the disclosed invention provides a method of identifying at least one compound that potentially binds to RONKD, comprising, constructing a three-dimensional structure of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog, or constructing a three-dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket, and computationally screening a plurality of compounds using the constructed structure, and identifying at least one compound that computationally binds to the structure. In one aspect, the method further comprises determining whether the compound binds RONKD. [0027] With respect to b) the invention includes the computational screening of a plurality of chemical compounds to determine which compound(s), or portion(s) thereof, fit a pharmacophore determined as fitting within a RONKD binding pocket. Stated differently, the structures of chemical compounds may be screened to identify which compound(s), or portion(s) thereof, is encompassed by the parameters of an identified pharmacophore. As used herein, "pharmacophore" refers to the structural characteristics determined as necessary for a chemical moiety to fit or bind a RONKD binding pocket. A non- limiting example of a pharmacophore is a description of the electronic characteristics necessary for interaction with a binding site. These characteristics may be representations of the ground and excited state wave functions of a pharmacophore, including specification of known expansions of such functions. Representations of a pharmacophore contain the chemical moieties, and/or atoms thereof, within the pharmacophore as well as their electronic characteristics and their 3 -dimensional arrangement in space. Other representations may also be used because different chemical moieties may have similar characteristics. A non-limiting example is seen in the case of a -SH moiety at a particular position, which has similar characteristics to a -OH moiety at the same position. Chemical moieties that may be substituted for each other within a pharmacophore are referred to as "homologous".
[0028] The disclosed invention thus provides methods for producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, determining a pharmacophore that fits within said binding pocket, computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) or portion(s) thereof fit said pharmacophore, and storing a representation of said compound(s) or portion(s) thereof into a computer readable database. The database may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD. Determination of a pharmacophore that fits may be performed by any means known in the art.
[0029] With respect to c) the invention includes the computational screening of a plurality of chemical compounds to determine which compounds comprise a substructure that interacts with RONKD. The invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of RONKD, said methods comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database comprising structural coordinates which may be used to produce a 3 -dimensional representation of RONKD, determining a chemical moiety that interacts with said binding pocket, computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) comprise said moiety as a substructure of said compound(s), and storing a representation of said compound(s) and/or said moiety into a computer readable database which may be the same or different from that used to store the structural coordinates of RONKD.
[0030] In one embodiment of the invention, the particulars of which may be used in combination with the other embodiments of the invention, a method is provided for producing structural information of a compound capable of binding RONKD by selecting at least one compound that potentially binds to RONKD. The method comprises constructing a three-dimensional structure of RONKD having structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structure coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about 1 A, preferably up to about 0.75A, preferably up to about 0.5A, and preferably up to about 0.25A, when compared to the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a portion thereof, or constructing a three-dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a RONKD binding pocket or binding pocket homolog; and selecting at least one compound which potentially binds RONKD; wherein the selecting is performed with the aid of the constructed structure of RONKD.
[0031] It is anticipated that in some cases, upon binding a compound, the conformation of the protein may be altered. Useful compounds may bind to this altered conformational form. Thus, included within the scope of the disclosed invention are methods of producing structural information of a compound capable of binding RONKD by selecting compounds that potentially bind to a RONKD molecule or homolog where the molecule or homolog comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, and more preferably at least 90% identical to the amino acid sequence of Fig. 2, using, for example, a PSI BLAST search, such as, but not limited to version 2.2.2 (Altschul, S.F., et al., Nuc. Acids Rec. 25:3389-3402, 1997). Preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 70% of the sequence is aligned in this analysis and where at least 50%, more preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, more preferably 80%, and most preferably 90% of the amino acids of the molecule or homolog have structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structure coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about 1 A, preferably up to about 0.75 A, preferably up to about 0.5 A, and preferably up to about 0.25 A, when compared to the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a portion thereof, or constructing a 3-dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a RON binding pocket or binding pocket homolog; and selecting at least one compound which potentially binds RON; wherein the selecting is performed with the aid of the constructed structure. The selected compounds thus provide information concerning the structure of compounds that bind RON.
[0032] Once produced, structural information of a compound capable of binding RON may be stored in machine-readable form as described above for RON structural information.
[0033] In yet another aspect of the disclosed invention, a method is provided of identifying a modulator of RON by rational drug design, comprising; designing a potential modulator of RON that forms covalent or non-covalent bonds with amino acids in a binding pocket of RON based on the molecular structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, or based on the molecular structure coordinates of a molecule comprising a RON binding pocket or binding pocket homolog; synthesizing the modulator; and determining whether the potential modulator affects the activity of RON. The binding pocket may, for example, comprise the active site of RON. The binding pocket may instead comprise an allosteric binding pocket of RON. A modulator may be, for example, an inhibitor, an activator, or an allosteric modulator of RON. [0034] Other methods of designing modulators of RON include, for example, a method for identifying a modulator of RON activity comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a 3-dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of RON, or binding pocket homolog; providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates of a chemical entity; using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog; and determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said molecule; wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation, including, for example, inhibition of RON activity.
[0035] In another embodiment, a method is provided for designing a modulator of RON activity comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of RON, or binding pocket homolog; providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, of a chemical entity; using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog; computationally modifying the structure coordinates or 3 -dimensional conformation of said chemical entity; and determining whether said modified chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said molecule; wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation of RON activity.
[0036] In other aspects, determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog, of the molecule or molecular complex; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket, or binding pocket homolog. In a further embodiment, the method further comprises screening a library of chemical entities.
[0037] The RON modulator may also be designed de novo. Thus, the disclosed invention also provides a method for designing a modulator of RON, comprising: providing a computer modeling program with a set of structure coordinates, or a 3- dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket having the structure coordinates of the binding pocket of RON, or a binding pocket homolog; computationally building a chemical entity represented by set of structure coordinates; and determining whether the chemical entity is a modulator expected to bind to or interfere with the molecule wherein binding to the molecule is indicative of potential modulation of RON activity. In other embodiments, determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the molecule or molecular complex, or a binding pocket homolog; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket, or a binding pocket homolog.
[0038] In yet other embodiments, once a modulator is computationally designed or identified, the potential modulator may be supplied or synthesized, then assayed to determine whether it inhibits RON activity. The molecular structure coordinates and/or machine-readable media associated with the RON structure and/or a compound capable of binding RONKD may be used in the production of compounds capable of binding RON. Methods for the production of such compounds include the preparation of an initial compound containing chemical groups most likely to bind or interact with residues of RONKD based upon the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD and/or a compound capable of binding it. Such an initial compound may also be viewed as a scaffold comprising one or more reactive moieties (chemical groups) that are capable of binding or interacting with RON residues. The initial compound may be further optimized for binding to RON by introduction of additional chemical groups for increased interactions with RONKD residues. An initial compound may thus comprise reactive groups which may be used to introduce one or more additional chemical groups into the compound. The introduction of additional groups may also be at positions of an initial compound that do not result in interactions with RON residues, but rather improve other characteristics of the compound, such as, but not limited to, stability against degradation, handling or storage, solubility in hydrophilic and hydrophobic environments, and overall charge dynamics of the compound.
[0039] The disclosed invention also provides modulators of RON activity identified, designed, or made according to any of the methods of the disclosed invention, as well as pharmaceutical compositions comprising such modulators. Pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a salt, and may further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A modulator may be identified or confirmed as an activator or inhibitor by contacting a protein that comprises a RON active site or binding pocket with said modulator and determining whether it activates or inhibits the activity of the protein. The activity may be RON activity. A naturally occurring RON protein may also be used in such methods.
[0040] Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method of modulating RON activity comprising contacting RON with a modulator designed or identified according to the disclosed invention. Methods include methods of treating a disease or condition associated with inappropriate RON activity comprising the method of administering by, for example, contacting cells of an individual with a RON modulator designed or identified according to the disclosed invention. The term "inappropriate activity" refers to RON activity that is higher or lower than that in normal cells. [0041] The molecular structure coordinates and/or machine-readable media of the invention may also be used in identification of active sites and binding pockets of RONKD. Methods for the identification of such sites and pockets are known in the art. The techniques include the use of sequence comparisons, such as that shown in Figure 3, to identify regions of homology or conserved substitutions which define conserved structure among different forms of RONKD. The techniques may also include comparisons of structure with other proteins with the same activities as RON to identify the structural components (e.g. amino acid residues and/or their arrangement in three dimensions) of the active sites and binding pockets.
[0042] In another embodiment of the disclosed invention, a method is provided for producing a mutant of RON, having an altered property relative to RON, comprising, a) constructing a three-dimensional structure of RONKD having structure coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structure coordinates of the crystals of the disclosed invention, the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structure coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of the protein of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25 A, preferably up to about lA, preferably up to about 0.75A, preferably up to about 0.5A, and preferably up to about 0.25 A, when compared to the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one structural part of the RONKD molecule wherein an alteration in the structural part is predicted to result in the altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to the structural part; and d) expressing the nucleic acid molecule to produce the mutant; wherein the mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent. The mutant may, for example, have altered RON activity. The altered RON activity may be, for example, altered binding activity, altered enzymatic activity, and altered immunogenicity, such as, for example, where an epitope of the protein is altered because of the mutation. The mutation that alters the epitope may be, for example, within the region of the protein that comprises the epitope. Or, the mutation may be, for example, at a site outside of the epitope region, yet causes a conformational change in the epitope region. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the region that contains the epitope may comprise either contiguous or non-contiguous amino acids. [0043] Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method for obtaining structural information about a molecule or a molecular complex of unknown structure comprising: crystallizing the molecule or molecular complex; generating an x-ray diffraction pattern from the crystallized molecule or molecular complex; and using a molecular replacement method to interpret the structure of said molecule; wherein said molecular replacement method uses the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or structure coordinates having a root mean square deviation for the alpha-carbon atoms of said structure coordinates of up to about 2.θA, preferably up to about 1.75A, preferably up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about l.OA, preferably up to about 0.75A, the structure coordinates of the binding pocket of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a binding pocket homolog. The coordinates of the resulting structure are stored in a computer readable database as described herein.
[0044] In another aspect of the invention, a method is provided of using the RONKD structure coordinates, or the RONKD binding site, active site, or accessory binding site structure coordinates as an anti-target in rational drug design. When designing compounds that modulate a protein target's activity, it is often desirable to increase specificity for the target and reduce side effects. The protein structure information is useful to design compounds that do not bind to, interact with, or modulate the activity of the protein. Thus, one aspect of the disclosed invention comprises the use of anti-target structures to assist in selecting a compound that modulates the target, but does not modulate RON, or does not modulate RON in sufficient amount to cause a detrimental side affect. [0045] The target may, for example, be another kinase. The target may be another tyrosine kinase, for example, MET, AXL, MER, RYK, and/or TYRO3/SKY. [0046] Thus, in one aspect of the invention, a method is provided of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a target protein, comprising: a) introducing into a computer program information derived from structural coordinates defining an active site conformation of a target protein molecule based upon three-dimensional structure determination, wherein said program utilizes or displays the three-dimensional structure thereof; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site cavity of said target protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a model of a test compound on the model of said active site of said target protein; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site of said target protein; e) generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a computer program; f) superimposing a model of said test compound on the model of said binding pocket of said RONKD protein; and g) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into said binding pocket of said RONKD protein.
[0047] The binding pocket of the RONKD protein may be, for example, an active site or an accessory binding site. Said target protein may be a kinase. The test compound model may or may not fit spatially into the binding pocket of said RONKD protein. The method may further comprise performing a fitting operation to computationally analyze the association between the test compound and the RONKD protein. The test compound may bind with greater efficiency to the target protein than to the RONKD protein; the test compound likely does not bind to the RONKD protein.
[0048] In yet another aspect of the invention, a method is provided for homology modeling of a RONKD homolog comprising: aligning the amino acid sequence of a RONKD homolog with an amino acid sequence of RONKD; incorporating the sequence of the RONKD homolog into a model of the structure of RONKD, wherein said model has the same structure coordinates as the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or wherein the structure coordinates of said model's alpha-carbon atoms have a root mean square deviation from the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5 of up to about 2.0 A, preferably up to about 1.75A, preferably up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about 1.θA, and preferably up to about 0.75 A, to yield a preliminary model of said homolog; subjecting the preliminary model to energy minimization to yield an energy minimized model; and remodeling regions of the energy minimized model where stereochemistry restraints are violated to yield a final model of said homolog. [0049] The invention also provides RONKD in crystalline form, as well as a computer or machine readable medium containing information that reflects the 3 -dimensional structure of such crystals and/or compounds that interact with them. Also provided is a method of producing a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of a compound capable of binding the active site or binding pocket of a RONKD but not another protein molecule. Such a method comprises a) introducing into a computer program information concerning the structure of RONKD; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of RONKD; e) assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein; and f) storing the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database. An alternative form of such a method produces a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a compound capable of specifically binding the active site or binding pocket of RONKD, said method comprising introducing into a computer program a computer readable database containing the structural coordinates of RONKD, generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of RONKD in said computer program, superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket, assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of RONKD, assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein, and storing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database. Conversely, such methods may be used to determine that compounds identified as binding other proteins do not bind RONKD. Thus, such methods may use RONKD as an anti-target, to identify compounds that do not bind RONKD.
[0050] The invention also provides methods comprising the production of a co-crystal of a compound and RONKD. Such co-crystals may be used in a variety of ways, including the determination of structural coordinates of the compound and/or RONKD, or a binding pocket thereof, in the co-crystal. Such coordinates may be introduced and/or stored in a computer readable database in accordance with the disclosed invention for further use. The invention thus provides methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in a co-crystal with a compound, said methods comprising preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by any method described herein, forming a co- crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of RONKD, obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal, and introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co-crystal into a computer-readable database. The invention further provides for a combination of such methods with rational compound design by providing methods of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of RONKD in a co- crystal with a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding said binding pocket, said methods comprising preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by any method described herein, forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of RONKD, obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal, and introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co-crystal into a computer-readable database. Additionally, the invention provides a method of comparing a RON or RONKD structure in a co-crystal with a compound or ligand to another RON or RONKD structure, such as that in a corresponding crystal without the compound or ligand, to identify the similarities and differences therebetween. The method optionally further comprises using one or more similarities and/or differences to design a compound or ligand structure which binds RON or RONKD.
[0051] Thus, in some embodiments, the disclosed invention provides RON or RONKD t protein, or a functional RONKD protein subunit, in crystalline form. The protein may be in a heavy-atom derivative crystal; the protein may be a mutant. In some aspects, the crystalline protein is characterized by a set of structural coordinates that is substantially similar to the set of structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5. In some aspects, the invention provides a crystal comprising RON protein and a ligand.
[0052] Also provided in the disclosed invention are methods for identifying a ligand that binds RON protein, comprising; a) forming a co-crystal of a test ligand and RON protein; b) analyzing said co-crystal using x-ray crystallography; and using said analysis to determine whether said test ligand binds RON protein.
[0053] The co-crystal may be obtained by soaking a RON protein crystal in a solution comprising said test ligand.
[0054] The co-crystal may be obtained by co-crystallizing RON protein in the presence of said test ligand.
[0055] Also provided in the disclosed invention is a machine-readable medium containing or embedded with information that corresponds to a three-dimensional structural representation of a crystalline protein of the invention.
[0056] The machine-readable medium may store or be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 50% of the coordinates thereof.
[0057] The machine-readable medium may store of be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 80% of the coordinates thereof.
[0058] The machine-readable medium may store or be embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD protein binding pocket.
Said binding pocket may comprise for example, an active site, or an accessory binding site. Binding pockets of the disclosed invention may comprise at least three, at least four, at least five, or at least seven amino acids selected from the group consisting of His, Pro,
Met, Ala, Lys, Asp, Arg, or Met.
[0059] Binding pockets of the disclosed invention may comprise at least three, at least four, at least five, or at least seven amino acids selected from the group consisting of
His43, Prol 13, Metl 15, Ala63, Lys65, Aspl 19, Argl63, or Metlόό, having the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or by the structural coordinates of a binding pocket homolog, wherein said the root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket and said binding pocket homolog is less than 2.θA.
[0060] The binding pocket may comprise Asn or Asp.
[0061] The binding pocket may comprise Asnl 64 or Aspl 77. [0062] Also provided is a method of electronically transmitting all or part of the information stored in such machine-readable media.
[0063] The disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) obtaining three- dimensional structural coordinates defining said protein or a binding pocket of said protein, from a crystal of said protein; and b) introducing said structural coordinates into a computer to produce a database containing the molecular structural coordinates of said protein or said binding pocket.
[0064] The binding pocket of said protein may be part of a co-complex with at least one ligand.
[0065] Said computer may be capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure comprising said binding pocket using said structural coordinates. [0066] Also provided is a computer readable database produced by such methods, as well as methods comprising electronic transmission of all or part of such a computer readable database.
[0067] The disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by a method of the invention; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the binding pocket of said RONKD protein; and e) storing a representation of a compound that fits into the binding pocket into a computer readable database.
[0068] The methods may further comprise f) preparing a binding test compound represented in said computer readable database; g) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said RONKD protein binding pocket; h) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and i) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer readable database. In some methods, in i), said representation is stored in said database. [0069] The compound representations of the disclosed invention may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound. [0070] Generating the three-dimensional representation of the binding pocket may comprise use of structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket of less than 2.θA from the structural coordinates of the corresponding residues according to Fig. 3, 4, or 5. [0071] In some aspects, said at least one binding test compound is selected by a method selected from i) selecting a compound from a small molecule database, (ii) modifying a known inhibitor, substrate, reaction intermediate, or reaction product, or a portion thereof, of RONKD, (iii) assembling chemical fragments or groups into a compound, and (iv) de novo ligand design of said compound.
[0072] In some aspects, said assessing of whether a test compound model fits is by docking the model to said representation of said RONKD binding pocket and/or performing energy minimization.
[0073] Among other methods of the invention is a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a co-crystal with a compound, said method comprising a) preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database; b) forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of a RONKD protein; c) obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal; and d) introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket and/or said co-crystal into a computer- readable database.
[0074] The method may further comprise introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database. Alternatively, the method may further comprise comparing the RONKD structure in the co-crystal to another RON or RONKD structure, such as that of a crystal without the compound or of a co-crystal with another compound. The comparison may be used to identify one or more similarities and/or differences between the structures. The one or more similarities and/or differences may be used to alter the compound to improve binding, or to design another compound for binding, to RON or RONKD. [0075] Said computer may be capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure of said binding pocket using said structural coordinates. [0076] The disclosed invention also provides a method of modulating RONKD protein activity comprising contacting said RONKD with a compound, wherein said compound is represented in a database produced by a method of the disclosed invention. [0077] A method is also provided for producing a compound comprising a three- dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in a computer readable database produced by the disclosed invention, the method comprising synthesizing said compound, wherein said compound binds in a binding pocket of RONKD protein, and contacting said RONKD protein with such a compound. The method may also comprise modulating RONKD protein activity. [0078] Said method may also be used to identify an activator or inhibitor of a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket, comprising a) producing a compound of the invention; b) contacting said compound with a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket; and c) determining whether the potential modulator activates or inhibits the activity of said protein. Such compounds may be, for example, activators or inhibitors.
[0079] Also provided in the disclosed invention is a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of protein structure coordinates of the disclosed invention; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the protein or a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) designing a three-dimensional model of a compound that forms non-covalent bonds with amino acids of a binding pocket of said representation; and d) storing a representation of said compound into a computer readable database.
[0080] The method may further comprise e) preparing a binding test compound comprising a three-dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in said computer readable database; f) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said binding pocket of a RONKD protein; g) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and h) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer- readable database.
[0081] Also provided is a method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a co-crystal with a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding said binding pocket, said method comprising a) preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database of the disclosed invention; b) forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of a RONKD protein; c) obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co-crystal; and d) introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co-crystal into a computer-readable database. [0082] The method may further comprise introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database. Alternatively, the method may further comprise comparing the structural coordinates with those of another RON or RONKD structure, such as that of a crystal without the compound or of a co-crystal with another compound.
[0083] Also provided is a method of electronic transmission of all or part of such a computer readable database.
[0084] The disclosed invention also provides a method of producing a computer readable database comprising structural information about a molecule or a molecular complex of unknown structure comprising: a) generating an x-ray diffraction pattern from a crystallized form of said molecule or molecular complex; b) using a molecular replacement method to interpret the structure of said molecule; wherein said molecular replacement method uses the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON, or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof comprising a binding pocket, the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation for the alpha-carbon atoms of said structural coordinates of less than 2.&A; and c) storing the coordinates of the resulting structure in a computer readable database.
[0085] Also provided is a method for homology modeling the structure of a RON KD protein homolog comprising: a) aligning the amino acid sequence of a RON KD protein homolog with an amino acid sequence of RONKD protein; b) incorporating the sequence of the RON KD protein homolog into a model of the structure of RON KD protein, wherein said model has the same structural coordinates as the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON, or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or wherein the structural coordinates of said model's alpha-carbon atoms have a root mean square deviation from the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, of less than 2.θA to yield a preliminary model of said homolog; c) subjecting the preliminary model to energy minimization to yield an energy minimized model; and d) remodeling regions of the energy minimized model where stereochemistry restraints are violated to yield a final model of said homolog.
[0086] In other aspects of the invention are provided methods for identifying a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3 -dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RON, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
[0087] The method may further comprise the steps of: e) computationally modifying the structural coordinates or 3 -dimensional conformation of said chemical entity to improve the likelihood of binding to said binding pocket; and f) determining whether said modified chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog. [0088] Said determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule may comprise, for example, performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the protein or homolog; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
[0089] In some methods, a library of structural coordinates of chemical entities may be used to identify a compound that binds.
[0090] A method is also provided for designing a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates, or a 3 -dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket comprising the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RON, or homolog thereof; b) computationally building a chemical entity represented by set of structural coordinates; and c) determining whether the chemical entity is expected to bind to said molecule.
[0091] Said determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule may, for example, comprise performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the molecule; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
[0092] A method is also provided of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three- dimensional structure of RONKD protein having structural coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RONKD, the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structural coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of said protein of less than 2.0 A when compared to the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one structural part of the RONKD protein molecule wherein an alteration in said structural part is predicted to result in said altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule coding for a RONKD mutant protein having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to said structural part; and d) expressing said nucleic acid molecule to produce said mutant; wherein said mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent.
[0093] A method is also provided of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three- dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a binding pocket having the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of RON the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or the structural coordinates of a binding pocket homolog, wherein said the root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket and said binding pocket homolog is less than 2.θA; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one portion of said binding pocket wherein an alteration in said portion is predicted to result in said altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule coding for a mutant RONKD protein having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to said portion; and d) expressing said nucleic acid molecule to produce said mutant; wherein said mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent. [0094] A method is also provided producing a computer readable database containing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a compound capable of binding the active site or binding pocket of a protein molecule, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of structure coordinates of RON or RONKD; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein; e) assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein; and f) storing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database.
[0095] A method is provided for determining whether a compound binds RONKD protein, comprising, a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3 -dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of RONKD protein, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
[0096] A method is provided of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising, a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of structure coordinates of RONKD; b) determining a pharmacophore that fits within said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) or portion(s) thereof fit said pharmacophore; and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) or portion(s) thereof into a computer readable database.
[0097] A method is provided of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database of RONKD structure coordinates; b) determining a chemical moiety that interacts with said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s)comprise said moiety as a substructure of said compound(s); and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) that comprise said substructure into a computer readable database.
[0098] Also provided by the invention is crystallizable RON protein, as well as a method of purifying RON protein linked to a histidine tag comprising: a) obtaining a translation vector comprising a coding sequence for RON protein, linked to a histidine tag; b) performing size exclusion chromatography; and c) performing nickel chelating column chromatography.
[0099] The disclosed invention also provides purified RONKD polypeptide which may be, for example, 98% pure, or which may be, for example, unphosphorylated.
[0100] A method is provided of purifying RON polypeptide, comprising expressing
RON in insect cells; obtaining a soluble protein fraction from said insect cells; using a two column chromatograph procedure to obtain purified RON.
[0101] Also provided is an insect cell capable of expressing RON. Said insect cell may comprise a vector, wherein said vector comprises a nucleic acid sequence coding for
RON.
[0102] The methods and compositions of the disclosed invention may be used, for example, for drug discovery.
[0103] The invention is illustrated by way of the disclosed application, including working examples demonstrating the purification and the crystallization of RONKD, the characterization of crystals, the collection of diffraction data, and the determination and analysis of the three-dimensional structure of RONKD.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0104] FIG. 1 provides a ribbon diagram of the structure of RONKD. [0105] FIG. 2 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of the RONKD expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the disclosed invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples. [0106] FIG. 3 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S417. [0107] FIG. 4 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S431. [0108] FIG. 5 provides the molecular structure coordinates of RONKD S482. [0109] FIG. 6 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of a RON S417 variant expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the present invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples. [0110] FIG. 7 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of a RON S431 variant expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the present invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples. [0111] FIG. 8 provides the predicted amino acid sequence of a RON S482 variant expressed protein used to obtain the crystals and structural coordinates of the present invention. Note that this amino acid sequence may comprise amino acids encoded by the ORF, as well as other amino acids encoded by the expression vector. Further information regarding sequence changes, if any, may be found in the examples. [0112] The following abbreviations are used in Figures 3-5.
[0113] "Atom Type" and "Atom" refer to the individual atom whose coordinates are provided, with and without indicating the position of the atom in the amino acid residue, respectively. The first letter in the column refers to the element.
[0114] HETATM refers to atomic coordinates within non-standard HET groups, such as prosthetic groups, inhibitors, solvent molecules, and ions for which coordinates are supplied. HET ATMS include residues that are a) not one of the standard amino acids, including, for example, SeMet and SeCys, b) not one of the nucleic acids (C, G, A, T, U, and I), c) not one of the modified versions of nucleic acids (+C, +G, +A, +T, +U, and +1), and d) not an unknown amino acid or nucleic acid where UNK is used to indicate the unknown residue name.
[0115] "Residue" refers to the amino acid residue.
[0116] "#" refers to the residue number, starting from the N-terminal amino acid. The number designations of each amino acid residues reflect the position predicted in the expressed protein, including the His tag and the initial methionine.
[0117] "X, Y and Z" provide the Cartesian coordinates of the atom.
[0118] "B" is a thermal factor that measures movement of the atom around its atomic center.
[0119] "OCC" refers to occupancy, and represents the percentage of time the atom type occupies the particular coordinate. OCC values range from 0 to 1, with 1 being
100%.
[0120] Structure coordinates for RONKD according to Figures 3-5 may be modified by mathematical manipulation. Such manipulations include, but are not limited to, crystallographic permutations of the raw structure coordinates, fractionalization of the raw structure coordinates, integer additions or subtractions to sets of the raw structure coordinates, inversion of the raw structure coordinates, and any combination of the above.
Abbreviations
[0121] The amino acid notations used herein for the twenty genetically encoded amino acids are:
One-Letter Three-Letter
Amino Acid Symbol Symbol
Alanine A Ala
Arginine R Arg
Asparagine N Asn
Aspartic acid D Asp
Cysteine C Cys
Glutamine Q GIn
Glutamic acid E GIu
Glycine G GIy
Histidine H His Isoleucine I lie
Leucine L Leu
Lysine K Lys
Methionine M Met
Phenylalanine F Phe
Proline P Pro
Serine S Ser
Threonine T Thr
Tryptophan W Trp
Tyrosine Y Tyr
Valine V VaI
[0122] As used herein, unless specifically delineated otherwise, the three-letter amino acid abbreviations designate amino acids in the L-configuration. Amino acids in the D- configuration are preceded with a "D-." For example, Arg designates L-arginine and D- Arg designates D-arginine. Likewise, the capital one-letter abbreviations refer to amino acids in the L-configuration. Lower-case one-letter abbreviations designate amino acids in the D-configuration. For example, "R" designates L-arginine and "r" designates D- arginine.
[0123] Unless noted otherwise, when polypeptide sequences are presented as a series of one-letter and/or three-letter abbreviations, the sequences are presented in the N— >C direction, in accordance with common practice.
Definitions
[0124] As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
[0125] "Genetically Encoded Amino Acid" refers to the twenty amino acids that are defined by genetic codons. The genetically encoded amino acids are glycine and the L- isomers of alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, serine, methionine, threonine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, cysteine, proline, histidine, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamic acid, glutamine, arginine and lysine.
[0126] "Non-Genetically Encoded Amino Acid" refers to amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons. Non-genetically encoded amino acids include derivatives or analogs of the genetically- encoded amino acids that are capable of being enzymatically incorporated into nascent polypeptides using conventional expression systems, such as selenomethionine (SeMet) and selenocysteine (SeCys); isomers of the genetically-encoded amino acids that are not capable of being enzymatically incorporated into nascent polypeptides using conventional expression systems, such as D-isomers of the genetically- encoded amino acids; L- and D-isomers of naturally occurring α-amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons, such as α-aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); L- and D-isomers of synthetic α-amino acids that are not defined by genetic codons; and other amino acids such as β-amino acids,γ-amino acids, etc. In addition to the D-isomers of the genetically- encoded amino acids, common non-genetically encoded amino acids include, but are not limited to norleucine (NIe), penicillamine (Pen), N-methylvaline (MeVaI), homocysteine (hCys), homoserine (hSer), 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab) and ornithine (Orn). Additional exemplary non-genetically encoded amino acids are found, for example, in Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Fasman, Ed., CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, pp. 3-76, 1989, and the various references cited therein. [0127] "Hvdrophilic Amino Acid" refers to an amino acid having a side chain exhibiting a hydrophobicity of up to about zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg et al, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-42, 1984. Genetically encoded hydrophilic amino acids include Thr (T), Ser (S), His (H), GIu (E), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Asp (D), Lys (K) and Arg (R). Non-genetically encoded hydrophilic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, ornithine (Orn), 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab) and homoserine (hSer).
[0128] "Acidic Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain pK value of up to about 7 under physiological conditions. Acidic amino acids typically have negatively charged side chains at physiological pH due to loss of a hydrogen ion. Genetically encoded acidic amino acids include GIu (E) and Asp (D). Non-genetically encoded acidic amino acids include D-GIu (e) and D- Asp (d).
[0129] "Basic Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain pK value of greater than 7 under physiological conditions. Basic amino acids typically have positively charged side chains at physiological pH due to association with hydronium ion. Genetically encoded basic amino acids include His (H), Arg (R) and Lys (K). Non- genetically encoded basic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, ornithine (Orn) and 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab). [0130] "Polar Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophilic amino acid having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH, but which comprises at least one covalent bond in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held more closely by one of the atoms. Genetically encoded polar amino acids include Asn (N), GIn (Q), Ser (S), and Thr (T). Non-genetically encoded polar amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids and homoserine (hSer).
[0131] "Hydrophobic Amino Acid" refers to an amino acid having a side chain exhibiting a hydrophobicity of greater than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg er a/., J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-42, 1984. Genetically encoded hydrophobic amino acids include Pro (P), He (I), Phe (F), VaI (V), Leu (L), Trp (W), Met (M), Ala (A), GIy (G) and Tyr (Y). Non-genetically encoded hydrophobic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N-methyl valine (MeVaI).
[0132] "Aromatic Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain comprising at least one aromatic or hetero aromatic ring. The aromatic or heteroaromatic ring may contain one or more substituents such as -OH, -SH, -CN, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -NO2, -NO, -NH2, -NHR, -NRR, -C(O)R, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHR, -C(O)NRR and the like where each R is independently (Ci-C6) alkyl, (Ci-C6) alkenyl, or (Ci-C6) alkynyl. Genetically encoded aromatic amino acids include Phe (F), Tyr (Y), Trp (W) and His (H). Non-genetically encoded aromatic amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids.
[0133] "Apolar Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH and which has bonds in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is generally held equally by each of the two atoms (i.e., the side chain is not polar). Genetically encoded apolar amino acids include Leu (L), VaI (V), He (I), Met (M), GIy (G) and Ala (A). Non-genetically encoded apolar amino acids include the D-isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N-methyl valine (MeVaI).
[0134] "Aliphatic Amino Acid" refers to a hydrophobic amino acid having an aliphatic hydrocarbon side chain. Genetically encoded aliphatic amino acids include Ala (A), VaI (V), Leu (L) and He (I). Non-genetically encoded aliphatic amino acids include the D- isomers of the above-listed genetically-encoded amino acids, norleucine (NIe) and N- methyl valine (MeVaI).
[0135] "Helix-Breaking Amino Acid" refers to those amino acids that have a propensity to disrupt the structure of α-helices when contained at internal positions within the helix. Amino acid residues exhibiting helix-breaking properties are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Chou & Fasman, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 47:251-76, 1978) and include Pro (P), D-Pro (p), GIy (G) and potentially all D-amino acids (when contained in an L-polypeptide; conversely, L- amino acids disrupt helical structure when contained in a D-polypeptide). [0136] "Cvsteine-like Amino Acid" refers to an amino acid having a side chain capable of participating in a disulfide linkage. Thus, cysteine-like amino acids generally have a side chain containing at least one thiol (-SH) group. Cysteine-like amino acids are unusual in that they can form disulfide bridges with other cysteine-like amino acids. The ability of Cys (C) residues and other cysteine-like amino acids to exist in a polypeptide in either the reduced free -SH or oxidized disulfide-bridged form affects whether they contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a polypeptide. Thus, while Cys (C) exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra), it is to be understood that for purposes of the disclosed invention Cys (C) is categorized as a polar hydrophilic amino acid, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above. Other cysteine-like amino acids are similarly categorized as polar hydrophilic amino acids. Typical cysteine-like residues include, for example, penicillamine (Pen), homocysteine (hCys), etc.
[0137] As will be appreciated by those of skill in the art, the above-defined classes or categories are not mutually exclusive. Thus, amino acids having side chains exhibiting two or more physical-chemical properties may be included in multiple categories. For example, amino acid side chains having aromatic groups that are further substituted with polar substituents, such as Tyr (Y), may exhibit both aromatic hydrophobic properties and polar or hydrophilic properties, and could therefore be included in both the aromatic and polar categories. Typically, amino acids will be categorized in the class or classes that most closely define their net physical-chemical properties. The appropriate categorization of any amino acid will be apparent to those of skill in the art. [0138] Other amino acid residues not specifically mentioned herein may be readily categorized based on their observed physical and chemical properties in light of the definitions provided herein.
[0139] "Wild-type RONKD" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that corresponds to the amino acid sequence of a naturally-occurring RONKD, and wherein said polypeptide, when compared to RONKD, has an rmsd of its backbone atoms of less than 2 A.
[0140] "Homo sapiens RONKD" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that corresponds identically to the wild-type RONKD from Homo sapiens. [0141] By "or" is meant one, or another member of a group, or more than one member. For example, A, B, or C, may indicate any of the following: A alone; B alone; C alone; A and B; B and C; A and C; A, B, and C.
[0142] "Association" refers to the status of two or more molecules that are in close proximity to each other. The two molecules may be associated non-covalently, for example, by hydrogen-bonding, van der Waals, electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions, or covalently.
[0143] "Co-Complex" refers to a polypeptide in association with one or more compounds. The association may be, for example, covalent or non-covalent. A "RONKD co-complex" refers to RONKD, or a functional subunit or fragment thereof, in association with one or more compounds. Such compounds include, by way of example and not limitation, cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogues, inhibitors, allosteric affecters, etc. Lead compounds for designing RON inhibitors include, but are not restricted to, ATP; β-amido ATP; AMP-PNP, staurosporine, adenine, and adenosine and derivatives and analogs thereof. A co-complex may also refer to a computer represented, or in silica generated association between a peptide and a compound. An "unliganded" form of a protein structure, or structural coordinates thereof, refers to the coordinates of the native form of a protein structure, or the apostructure, not a co-complex. A "liganded" form refers to the coordinates of a protein or peptide that is part of a co-complex. Unliganded forms include peptides and proteins associated with various ions, such as manganese, zinc, and magnesium, as well as with water. Ligands include natural substrates, non-natural substrates, inhibitors, substrate analogs, agonists or antagonists, proteins, co-factors small molecules, test compounds, and fragments of test compounds, as well as, optionally, in addition, various ions or water.
[0144] "Mutant" refers to a polypeptide characterized by an amino acid sequence that differs from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of at least one amino acid residue of the wild-type sequence with a different amino acid residue and/or by the addition and/or deletion of one or more amino acid residues to or from the wild-type sequence. The additions and/or deletions may be from an internal region of the wild-type sequence and/or at either or both of the N- or C-termini. A mutant polypeptide may have substantially the same three-dimensional structure as the corresponding wild-type polypeptide. A mutant may have, but need not have, RON activity. A mutant may display biological activity that is substantially similar to that of the wild-type RONKD. By "substantially similar biological activity" is meant that the mutant displays biological activity that is within 1 % to 10,000% of the biological activity of the wild- type polypeptide, for example, within 25% to 5,000%, and, for example, within 50% to 500%, or 75% to 200% of the biological activity of the wild-type polypeptide, using assays known to those of ordinary skill in the art for that particular class of polypeptides. Mutants may also decrease or eliminate RONKD activity. Mutants may be synthesized according to any method known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, those methods of expressing RONKD molecules described herein.
[0145] "Active Site" refers to a site in RONKD that associates with the substrate for RON activity. This site may include, for example, residues involved in catalysis, as well as residues involved in binding a substrate. Inibitors may bind to the residues of the active site, hi RONKD, the active site includes one or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, or seven or more of the following amino acid residues: His43, Pro 113, Met 115, Ala63, Lys65, Aspl 19, Argl63, or Metlόό. The binding site may comprise Asnl64 and Asp 177. Amino acid residue numbers presented herein refer to the sequence of Figure 4. [0146] "Bindinfi Pocket" refers to a region in RON which associates with a ligand such as a natural substrate, non-natural substrate, inhibitor, substrate analog, agonist or antagonist, protein, co-factor or small molecule, as well as, optionally, in addition, various ions or water, and/or has an internal cavity sufficient to bind a small molecule and may be used as a target for binding drugs. The term includes the active site but is not limited thereby. [0147] "Accessory Binding Pocket" refers to a binding pocket in RONKD other than that of the "active site."
[0148] "Conservative Mutant" refers to a mutant in which at least one amino acid residue from the wild-type sequence is substituted with a different amino acid residue that has similar physical and chemical properties, i.e., an amino acid residue that is a member of the same class or category, as defined above. For example, a conservative mutant may be a polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of a specific aromatic Phe (F) residue with an aromatic Tyr (Y) or Tip (W) residue.
[0149] "Non-Conservative Mutant" refers to a mutant in which at least one amino acid residue from the wild-type sequence is substituted with a different amino acid residue that has dissimilar physical and/or chemical properties, i.e., an amino acid residue that is a member of a different class or category, as defined above. For example, a non- conservative mutant may be a polypeptide that differs in amino acid sequence from the wild-type sequence by the substitution of an acidic GIu (E) residue with a basic Arg (R), Lys (K) or Orn residue.
[0150] "Deletion Mutant" refers to a mutant having an amino acid sequence that differs from the wild-type sequence by the deletion of one or more amino acid residues from the wild-type sequence. The residues may be deleted from internal regions of the wild-type sequence and/or from one or both termini.
[0151] "Truncated Mutant" refers to a deletion mutant in which the deleted residues are from the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type sequence.
[0152] "Extended Mutant" refers to a mutant in which additional residues are added to the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type sequence.
[0153] "Methionine mutant" refers to (1) a mutant in which at least one methionine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with an aliphatic residue, such as an Ala (A), Leu (L), or He (I) residue; or (2) a mutant in which a non-methionine residue, such as an aliphatic residue, such as an Ala (A), Leu (L) or He (I) residue, of the wild- type sequence is replaced with a methionine residue. [0154] "Selenomethionine mutant" refers to (1) a mutant which includes at least one selenomethionine (SeMet) residue, typically by substitution of a Met residue of the wild- type sequence with a SeMet residue, or by addition of one or more SeMet residues at one or both termini, or (2) a methionine mutant in which at least one Met residue is substituted with a SeMet residue. In some embodiments, each Met residue is substituted with a
SeMet residue.
[0155] "Cysteine mutant" refers to a mutant in which at least one cysteine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with a Ser (S) residue.
[0156] "Serine mutant" refers to a mutant in which at least one serine residue of the wild-type sequence is replaced with another residue, such as with a cysteine residue.
[0157] "Selenocysteine mutant" refers to (1) a mutant which includes at least one selenocysteine (SeCys) residue, typically by substitution of a Cys residue of the wild-type sequence with a SeCys residue, or by addition of one or more SeCys residues at one or both termini, or (2) a cysteine mutant in which at least one Cys residue is substituted with a SeCys residue. In some embodiments, SeCys mutants are those in which each Cys residue is substituted with a SeCys residue.
[0158] "Homolog" refers to a polypeptide having at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, preferably at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% amino acid sequence identity or having a
BLAST E- value of 1 x 10"6 over at least 100 amino acids (Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids
Res., 25:3389-402, 1997) with RONKD or any functional domain of RONKD.
[0159] "Crystal" refers to a composition comprising a polypeptide in crystalline form.
The term "crystal" includes native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals and co-crystals, as defined herein.
[0160] "Native Crystal" refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is substantially pure.
As used herein, native crystals do not include crystals of polypeptides comprising amino acids that are modified with heavy atoms, such as crystals of selenomethionine mutants, selenocysteine mutants, etc.
[0161] "Heavy-atom Derivative Crystal" refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is in association with one or more heavy-metal atoms. As used herein, heavy-atom derivative crystals include native crystals into which a heavy metal atom is soaked, as well as crystals of selenomethionine mutants and selenocysteine mutants.
[0162] "Co-Crystal" refers to a crystalline form of a co-complex.
[0163] "Apo-crystal" refers to a crystal wherein the polypeptide is substantially pure and substantially free of compounds that might form a co-complex with the polypeptide such as cofactors, ligands, substrates, substrate analogues, inhibitors, allosteric affecters, etc.
[0164] "Diffraction Quality Crystal" refers to a crystal that is well-ordered and of a sufficient size, i.e., at least lOμm, at least 50μm, or at least lOOμm in its smallest dimension such that it produces measurable diffraction to at least 3 A resolution, preferably to at least 2 A resolution, and most preferably to at least 1.5A resolution or lower. Diffraction quality crystals include native crystals, heavy-atom derivative crystals, and co- crystals.
[0165] "Unit Cell" refers to the smallest and simplest volume element (i.e., parallelepiped-shaped block) of a crystal that is completely representative of the unit or pattern of the crystal, such that the entire crystal may be generated by translation of the unit cell. The dimensions of the unit cell are defined by six numbers: dimensions a, b and c and the angles are defined as α, β, and γ (Blundell et al, Protein Crystallography, 83-84, Academic Press. 1976). A crystal is an efficiently packed array of many unit cells. [0166] "Triclinic Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a≠b≠c and α≠β≠γ. [0167] "Monoclinic Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a≠b≠c; α=γ=90°; and β>90°.
[0168] "Hexagonal Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a=b≠c; α=β= 90°; and γ=120°.
[0169] "Orthorhombic Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a≠b≠c; and α=β = γ=90°.
[0170] "Tetragonal Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a=b≠c; and α =β =γ =90°. [0171] "Trigonal/Rhombohedral Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a=b=c; and α=β =7 ≠90°.
[0172] "Trigonal/Hexagonal Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a=b≠c; α=β=90°; and γ=120°.
[0173] "Cubic Unit Cell" refers to a unit cell in which a=b=c; and α =β =γ =90°. [0174] "Crystal Lattice" refers to the array of points defined by the vertices of packed unit cells.
[0175] "Space Group" refers to the set of symmetry operations of a unit cell. In a space group designation (e.g. , C2) the capital letter indicates the lattice type and the other symbols represent symmetry operations that may be carried out on the unit cell without changing its appearance.
[0176] "Asymmetric Unit" refers to the largest aggregate of molecules in the unit cell that possesses no symmetry elements that are part of the space group symmetry, but that may be juxtaposed on other identical entities by symmetry operations. [0177] "Crystallographically-Related Dimer (or oligomer)" refers to a dimer (or oligomer, such as, for example, a trimer or a tetramer) of two (or more) molecules wherein the symmetry axes or planes that relate the two (or more) molecules comprising the dimer (or oligomer) coincide with the symmetry axes or planes of the crystal lattice. [0178] "Non-Crystallographically-Related Dimer (or oligomer)" refers to a dimer (or oligomer, such as, for example, a trimer or a tetramer) of two (or more) molecules wherein the symmetry axes or planes that relate the two (or more) molecules comprising the dimer (or oligomer) do not coincide with the symmetry axes or planes of the crystal lattice. [0179] "Isomorphous Replacement" refers to the method of using heavy-atom derivative crystals to obtain the phase information necessary to elucidate the three- dimensional structure of a crystallized polypeptide (Blundell et ah, Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, esp. pp. 151-64, 1976; Methods in Enzymology 276:361-557, Academic Press, 1997). The phrase "heavy-atom derivatization" is synonymous with "isomorphous replacement."
[0180] "Multi-Wavelength Anomalous Dispersion or MAD" refers to a crystallographic technique in which x-ray diffraction data are collected at several different wavelengths from a single heavy-atom derivative crystal, wherein the heavy atom has absorption edges near the energy of incoming x-ray radiation. The resonance between x- rays and electron orbitals leads to differences in x-ray scattering from absorption of the x- rays (known as anomalous scattering) and permits the locations of the heavy atoms to be identified, which in turn provides phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide. A detailed discussion of MAD analysis may be found in Hendrickson, Trans. Am. Crystallogr. Assoc, 21 :11, 1985; Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9:1665, 1990; and Hendrickson, Science, 254:51-58, 1991.
[0181] "Single Wavelength Anomalous Dispersion or SAD" refers to a crystallographic technique in which x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength from a single native or heavy-atom derivative crystal, and phase information is extracted using anomalous scattering information from atoms such as sulfur or chlorine in the native crystal or from the heavy atoms in the heavy-atom derivative crystal. The wavelength of x-rays used to collect data for this phasing technique needs to be close to the absorption edge of the anomalous scatterer. A detailed discussion of SAD analysis maybe found in Brodersen, et al., Acta Cryst, D56:431-41, 2000. [0182] "Single Isomorphous Replacement With Anomalous Scattering or SIRAS" refers to a crystallographic technique that combines isomorphous replacement and anomalous scattering techniques to provide phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide, x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength, usually from a single heavy-atom derivative crystal. Phase information obtained only from the location of the heavy atoms in a single heavy-atom derivative crystal leads to an ambiguity in the phase angle, which is resolved using anomalous scattering from the heavy atoms. Phase information is therefore extracted from both the location of the heavy atoms and from anomalous scattering of the heavy atoms. A detailed discussion of SIRAS analysis may be found in North, Acta Cryst. 18:212-16, 1965; Matthews, Acta Cryst., 20:82-86, 1966. [0183] "Molecular Replacement" refers to the method using the structure coordinates of a known polypeptide to calculate initial phases for a new crystal of a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are unknown. This is done by orienting and positioning a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are known within the unit cell of the new crystal. Phases are then calculated from the oriented and positioned polypeptide and combined with observed amplitudes to provide an approximate Fourier synthesis of the structure of the polypeptides comprising the new crystal. The model is then refined to provide a refined set of structure coordinates for the new crystal (Lattman, Methods in Enzymology, 115:55-77, 1985; Rossmann, "The Molecular Replacement Method," Int. Sci. Rev. Ser. No. 13, Gordon & Breach, New York, 1972; Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 276, 277 (Academic Press, San Diego 1997)). Molecular replacement may be used, for example, to determine the structure coordinates of a crystalline mutant or homolog of RONKD using the structure coordinates of RONKD.
[0184] "Structure coordinates" refers to mathematical coordinates derived from mathematical equations related to the patterns obtained on diffraction of a monochromatic beam of x-rays by the atoms (scattering centers) of a RONKD in crystal form. The diffraction data are used to calculate an electron density map of the repeating unit of the crystal. The electron density maps are used to establish the positions of the individual atoms within the unit cell of the crystal.
[0185] "Having substantially the same three-dimensional structure" refers to a polypeptide that is characterized by a set of molecular structure coordinates that have a root mean square deviation (r.m.s.d.) of up to about or equal to 1.5A, preferably 1.25A, preferably 1 A, and preferably 0.5A, and preferably 0.25A, when superimposed onto the molecular structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5 when at least 50% to 100% of the C- alpha atoms of the coordinates are included in the superposition. The program MOE may be used to compare two structures (Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Canada).
Where structure coordinates are not available for a particular amino acid residue(s), those coordinates are not included in the calculation.
[0186] "O1C" or "α-carbon" or "CA" as used herein, "α-C" or "α-carbon" refer to the alpha carbon of an amino acid residue.
[0187] "α-helix" refers to the conformation of a polypeptide chain in the form of a spiral chain of amino acids stabilized by hydrogen bonds.
[0188] The term "β-sheet" refers to the conformation of a polypeptide chain stretched into an extended zig-zag conformation. Portions of polypeptide chains that run "parallel" all run in the same direction. Where polypeptide chains are "antiparallel," neighboring chains run in opposite directions from each other. The term "run" refers to the N to
COOH direction of the polypeptide chain.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Crystalline RON
[0189] Both native and heavy-atom derivative crystals, such as those obtained from selenium methionine derivative RONKD may be used to obtain the molecular structure coordinates of the disclosed invention.
[0190] The RON comprising the crystals of the invention may be isolated from any bacterial, plant, or animal source in which RON is present. Within the scope of the disclosed invention are proteins that are homologous to RON that are derived from any biological kingdom. The RON may be derived from a mammalian source, such as, for example, Homo sapiens. The crystals may comprise wild-type RON or mutants of wild- type RON. Mutants of wild-type RON are obtained by replacing at least one amino acid residue in the sequence of the wild-type RON with a different amino acid residue, or by adding or deleting one or more amino acid residues within the wild-type sequence and/or at the N- and/or C-terminus of the wild-type RON. The mutants may, but not necessarily, crystallize under crystallization conditions that are substantially similar to those used to crystallize the wild-type RON.
[0191] The types of mutants contemplated by this invention include, but are not limited to, conservative mutants, non-conservative mutants, deletion mutants, truncated mutants, extended mutants, methionine mutants, selenomethionine mutants, cysteine mutants and selenocysteine mutants. A mutant may have, but need not display, RON activity. A mutant may, for example, display biological activity that is substantially similar to that of the wild-type polypeptide. Methionine, selenomethione, cysteine, and selenocysteine mutants are particularly useful for producing heavy-atom derivative crystals, as described in detail, below.
[0192] It will be recognized by one of skill in the art that the types of mutants contemplated herein are not mutually exclusive; that is, for example, a polypeptide having a conservative mutation in one amino acid may in addition have a truncation of residues at the N-terminus, and several Ala, Leu, or lie— »Met mutations. [0193] Sequence alignments of polypeptides in a protein family or of homologous polypeptide domains may be used to identify potential amino acid residues in the polypeptide sequence that are candidates for mutation. Identifying mutations that do not significantly interfere with the three-dimensional structure of RON and/or that do not deleteriously affect, and that may even enhance, the activity of RON will depend, in part, on the region where the mutation occurs. In highly variable regions of the molecule, non- conservative substitutions as well as conservative substitutions may be tolerated without significantly disrupting the folding, the three-dimensional structure and/or the biological activity of the molecule. In highly conserved regions, or regions containing significant secondary structure, conservative amino acid substitutions may be tolerated. [0194] Conservative amino acid substitutions are well known in the art, and include substitutions made on the basis of a similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity and/or the hydrophilicity of the amino acid residues involved. Typical conservative substitutions are those in which the amino acid is substituted with a different amino acid that is a member of the same class or category, as those classes are defined herein. Thus, typical conservative substitutions include aromatic to aromatic, apolar to apolar, aliphatic to aliphatic, acidic to acidic, basic to basic, polar to polar, etc. Other conservative amino acid substitutions are well known in the art. It will be recognized by those of skill in the art that generally, a total of 20% or fewer, typically 10% or fewer, most usually 5% or fewer, of the amino acids in the wild-type polypeptide sequence may be conservatively substituted with other amino acids without deleteriously affecting the biological activity, the folding, and/or the three-dimensional structure of the molecule, provided that such substitutions do not involve residues that are critical for activity, for example, critical binding pocket residues.
[0195] In some embodiments, it may be desirable to make mutations in the active site of a protein, e.g., to reduce or completely eliminate protein activity. For example, it may be desirable to mutate important residues in the active site of a protease in order to reduce or eliminate protease activity and to avoid autolysis in solution or in a crystal. Thus, for example, in aspartyl proteases, the active site Asp residue may be mutated to an Ala or Asn residue to reduce protease activity. The active site Ser residue in serine proteases may be mutated to an Ala, Cys or Thr residue to reduce or eliminate protease activity. Similarly, the activity of a cysteine protease may be reduced or eliminated by mutating the active site Cys residue to an Ala, Ser or Thr residue. Other mutations that will reduce or completely eliminate the activity of a particular protein will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
[0196] The amino acid residue Cys (C) is unusual in that it can form disulfide bridges with other Cys (C) residues or other sulfhydryls, such as, for example, sulfhydryl- containing amino acids ("cysteine-like amino acids"). The ability of Cys (C) residues and other cysteine-like amino acids to exist in a polypeptide in either the reduced free -SH or oxidized disulfide-bridged form affects whether Cys (C) residues contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a polypeptide. While Cys (C) exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg et ah, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-42, 1984), it is to be understood that for purposes of the disclosed invention Cys (C) is categorized as a polar hydrophilic amino acid, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above. For example, Cys residues that are known to participate in disulfide bridges are not substituted or are conservatively substituted with other cysteine-like amino acids so that the residue can participate in a disulfide bridge.
Typical cysteine-like residues include, for example, Pen, hCys, etc. Substitutions for Cys residues that interfere with crystallization are discussed infra.
[0197] The structural coordinates of a binding pocket and/or of the protein may be used, for example, to engineer new molecules. These new molecules may be expressed in cells, for example, in plant cells using, for example, gene transformation, to improve nutrient yields in plant crops or to use plants to produce new molecules.
[0198] While in most instances the amino acids of RONKD will be substituted with genetically-encoded amino acids, in certain circumstances mutants may include non- genetically encoded amino acids. For example, non-encoded derivatives of certain encoded amino acids, such as SeMet and/or SeCys, may be incorporated into the polypeptide chain using biological expression systems (such SeMet and SeCys mutants are described in more detail, infra).
[0199] Alternatively, in instances where the mutant will be prepared in whole or in part by chemical synthesis, virtually any non-encoded amino acids may be used, ranging from
D-isomers of the genetically encoded amino acids to non-encoded naturally-occurring natural and synthetic amino acids.
[0200] Conservative amino acid substitutions for many of the commonly known non- genetically encoded amino acids are well known in the art. Conservative substitutions for other non-encoded amino acids may be determined based on their physical properties as compared to the properties of the genetically encoded amino acids.
[0201] Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that substitutions, additions, and/or deletions that do not substantially alter the 3-dimensional structure of RONKD and that, for example, do not substantially alter the 3-dimensional structure of the RONKD binding pocket or pockets discussed herein, are within the scope of the disclosed invention. Such substitutions, additions, and/or deletions may be useful, for example, to provide convenient cloning sites in cDNA encoding RON, to aid in its purification, or to aid in obtaining crystallization.
[0202] These substitutions, deletions and/or additions include, but are not limited to,
His tags, intein-containing self-cleaving tags, maltose binding protein fusions, glutathione
S-transferase protein fusions, antibody fusions, green fluorescent protein fusions, signal peptide fusions, biotin accepting peptide fusions, tags that contain protease cleavage sites, and the like. Mutations may also be introduced into a polypeptide sequence where there are residues, e.g., cysteine residues that interfere with crystallization. These cysteine residues may be substituted with an appropriate amino acid that does not readily form covalent bonds with other amino acid residues under crystallization conditions; e.g., by substituting the cysteine with Ala, Ser or GIy. Any cysteine located in a non-helical or non-stranded segment, based on secondary structure assignments, are good candidates for replacement.
[0203] Mutants within the scope of the invention may or may not have RON activity. Amino acid substitutions, additions and/or deletions that might alter or inhibit RON activity are within the scope of the disclosed invention. These mutants may be used in their crystalline form, or the molecular structure coordinates obtained therefrom, for example, to determine RON structure and/or to provide phase information to aid the determination of the three-dimensional x-ray structures of other related or non-related crystalline polypeptides.
[0204] The heavy-atom derivative crystals from which the molecular structure coordinates of the invention are obtained generally comprise a crystalline RONKD polypeptide in association with one or more heavy atoms, such as, for example, Xe, Kr, Br, I, or a heavy metal atom. The polypeptide may correspond to a wild-type or a mutant RONKD, which may optionally be in co-complex with one or more molecules, as previously described. There are various types of heavy-atom derivatives of polypeptides: heavy-atom derivatives resulting from exposure of the protein to a heavy atom in solution, wherein crystals are grown in medium comprising the heavy atom, or in crystalline form, wherein the heavy atom diffuses into the crystal, heavy-atom derivatives wherein the polypeptide comprises heavy-atom containing amino acids, e.g. , selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine, and heavy atom derivatives where the heavy atom is forced in under pressure, such as, for example, in a xenon chamber.
[0205] In practice, heavy-atom derivatives of the first type may be formed by soaking a native crystal in a solution comprising heavy metal atom salts, or organometallic compounds, e.g., lead chloride, gold thiomalate, ethylmercurithiosalicylic acid-sodium salt (thimerosal), uranyl acetate, platinum tetrachloride, osmium tetraoxide, zinc sulfate, and cobalt hexamine, which can diffuse through the crystal and bind to the crystalline polypeptide. [0206] Heavy-atom derivatives of this type can also be formed by adding to a crystallization solution comprising the polypeptide to be crystallized, an amount of a heavy metal atom salt, which may associate with the protein and be incorporated into the crystal. The location(s) of the bound heavy metal atom(s) may be determined by x-ray diffraction analysis of the crystal. This information, in turn, is used to generate the phase information needed to construct the three-dimensional structure of the protein. [0207] Heavy-atom derivative crystals may also be prepared from polypeptides that include one or more SeMet and/or SeCys residues (SeMet and/or SeCys mutants). Such selenocysteine or selenomethionine mutants may be made from wild-type or mutant RONKD by expression of RONKD-encoding cDNAs in auxotrophic E. coli strains (Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9(5): 1665-72, 1990). In this method, the wild-type or mutant RONKD cDNA may be expressed in a host organism on a growth medium depleted of either natural cysteine or methionine (or both) but enriched in selenocysteine or selenomethionine (or both). Alternatively, selenocysteine or selenomethionine mutants may be made using nonauxotrophic E. coli strains, e.g. , by inhibiting methionine biosynthesis in these strains with high concentrations of lie, Lys, Phe, Leu, VaI or Thr and then providing selenomethionine in the medium (Doublie, Methods in Enzymology, 276:523-30, 1997). Furthermore, selenocysteine may be selectively incorporated into polypeptides by exploiting the prokaryotic and eukaryotic mechanisms for selenocysteine incorporation into certain classes of proteins in vivo, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,700,660 to Leonard et al. (filed June 7, 1995). One of skill in the art will recognize that selenocysteine may, for example, not incorporated in place of cysteine residues that form disulfide bridges, as these may be important for maintaining the three-dimensional structure of the protein and may, for example, not be eliminated. One of skill in the art will further recognize that, in order to obtain accurate phase information, approximately one selenium atom should be incorporated for every 140 amino acid residues of the polypeptide chain. The number of selenium atoms incorporated into the polypeptide chain may be conveniently controlled by designing a Met or Cys mutant having an appropriate number of Met and/or Cys residues, as described more fully below.
[0208] In some instances, the polypeptide to be crystallized may not contain cysteine or methionine residues. Therefore, if selenomethionine and/or selenocysteine mutants are to be used to obtain heavy-atom derivative crystals, methionine and/or cysteine residues may be introduced into the polypeptide chain. Likewise, Cys residues must be introduced into the polypeptide chain if the use of a cysteine-binding heavy metal, such as mercury, is contemplated for production of a heavy-atom derivative crystal. [0209] Such mutations are, for example, introduced into the polypeptide sequence at sites that will not disturb the overall protein fold. For example, a residue that is conserved among many members of the protein family or that is thought to be involved in maintaining its activity or structural integrity, as determined by, e.g. , sequence alignments, should not be mutated to a Met or Cys. In addition, conservative mutations, such as Ser to Cys, or Leu or He to Met, are, for example, introduced. One additional consideration is that, in order for a heavy- atom derivative crystal to provide phase information for structure determination, the location of the heavy atom(s) in the crystal unit cell must be determinable and provide phase information. Therefore, a mutation is, for example, not introduced into a portion of the protein that is likely to be mobile, e.g., at, or within 1-5 residues of, the N- and C-termini, or within loops.
[0210] Conversely, if there are too many methionine and/or cysteine residues in a polypeptide sequence, over-incorporation of the selenium-containing side chains can lead to the inability of the polypeptide to fold and/or crystallize, and may potentially lead to complications in solving the crystal structure. In this case, methionine and/or cysteine mutants are prepared by substituting one or more of these Met and/or Cys residues with another residue. The considerations for these substitutions are the same as those discussed above for mutations that introduce methionine and/or cysteine residues into the polypeptide. Specifically, the Met and/or Cys residues are, for example, conservatively substituted with Leu/Ile and Ser, respectively.
[0211] As DNA encoding cysteine and methionine mutants may be used in the methods described above for obtaining SeCys and SeMet heavy-atom derivative crystals, the Cys or Met mutant may have, for example, one Cys or Met residue for every 140 amino acids.
Production of Polypeptides
[0212] The native and mutated RONKD or RON polypeptides described herein may be chemically synthesized in whole or part using techniques that are well known in the art (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles, W.H. Freeman & Co., NY, 1983). [0213] Gene expression systems may be used for the synthesis of native and mutated polypeptides. Expression vectors containing the native or mutated polypeptide coding sequence and appropriate transcriptional/translational control signals, that are known to those skilled in the art may be constructed. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques and in vivo recombination/genetic recombination. See, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY, 2001, and Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, NY, 1989.
[0214] Host-expression vector systems may be used to express RONKD or RON. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing the coding sequence; yeast transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing the coding sequence; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing the coding sequence; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g. , cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g. , Ti plasmid) containing the coding sequence; or animal cell systems. The protein may also be expressed in human gene therapy systems, including, for example, expressing the protein to augment the amount of the protein in an individual, or to express an engineered therapeutic protein. The expression elements of these systems vary in their strength and specificities.
[0215] Specifically designed vectors allow the shuttling of DNA between hosts such as bacteria-yeast or bacteria-animal cells. An appropriately constructed expression vector may contain: an origin of replication for autonomous replication in host cells, one or more selectable markers, a limited number of useful restriction enzyme sites, a potential for high copy number, and active promoters. A promoter is defined as a DNA sequence that directs RNA polymerase to bind to DNA and initiate RNA synthesis. A strong promoter is one that causes mRNAs to be initiated at high frequency. [0216] The expression vector may also comprise various elements that affect transcription and translation, including, for example, constitutive and inducible promoters. These elements are often host and/or vector dependent. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the T7 promoter, pL of bacteriophage λ, plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like may be used; when cloning in insect cell systems, promoters such as the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter may be used; when cloning in plant cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of plant cells (e.g., heat shock promoters; the promoter for the small subunit of RUBISCO; the promoter for the chlorophyll a/b binding protein) or from plant viruses (e.g., the 35S RNA promoter of CaMV; the coat protein promoter of TMV) may be used; when cloning in mammalian cell systems, mammalian promoters (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or mammalian viral promoters, (e.g., adenovirus late promoter; vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter; SV40 promoter; bovine papilloma virus promoter; and Epstein-Barr virus promoter) may be used. [0217] Various methods may be used to introduce the vector into host cells, for example, transformation, transfection, infection, protoplast fusion, and electroporation. The expression vector- containing cells are clonally propagated and individually analyzed to determine whether they produce the appropriate polypeptides. Various selection methods, including, for example, antibiotic resistance, may be used to identify host cells that have been transformed. Identification of polypeptide expressing host cell clones may be done by several means, including but not limited to immunological reactivity with anti- RONKD or RON antibodies, and the presence of host cell-associated activity. [0218] Expression of cDNA may also be performed using in vitro produced synthetic mRNA. Synthetic mRNA may be efficiently translated in various cell-free systems, including but not limited to wheat germ extracts and reticulocyte extracts, as well as efficiently translated in cell-based systems, including, but not limited, to microinjection into frog oocytes.
[0219] To determine the cDNA sequence(s) that yields optimal levels of activity and/or protein, modified cDNA molecules are constructed. A non-limiting example of a modified cDNA is where the codon usage in the cDNA has been optimized for the host cell in which the cDNA will be expressed. Host cells are transformed with the cDNA molecules and the levels of RONKD or RON RNA and/or protein are measured. [0220] Levels of RON or RONKD protein in host cells are quantitated by a variety of methods such as immunoaffinity and/or ligand affinity techniques. RON or RONKD- specific affinity beads or specific antibodies are used to isolate 35S-methionine labeled or unlabeled protein. Labeled or unlabeled protein is analyzed by SDS-PAGE. Unlabeled protein is detected by Western blotting, ELISA or RIA employing specific antibodies. [0221] Following expression of RON or RONKD in a recombinant host cell, polypeptides may be recovered to provide the protein in active form. Several purification procedures are available and suitable for use. Recombinant RON or RONKD may be purified from cell lysates or from conditioned culture media, by various combinations of, or individual application of, fractionation, or chromatography steps that are known in the art.
[0222] In addition, recombinant RON or RONKD may be separated from other cellular proteins by use of an immuno-affinity column made with monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies specific for full length nascent protein or polypeptide fragments thereof. Other affinity based purification techniques known in the art may also be used. [0223] Alternatively, the polypeptides may be recovered from a host cell in an unfolded, inactive form, e.g., from inclusion bodies of bacteria. Proteins recovered in this form may be solubilized using a denaturant, e.g., guanidinium hydrochloride, and then refolded into an active form using methods known to those skilled in the art, such as dialysis.
Crystallization of Polypeptides and Characterization of Crystal
[0224] Various methods known in the art may be used to produce the native and heavy- atom derivative crystals of the disclosed invention. Methods include, but are not limited to, batch, liquid bridge, dialysis, and vapor diffusion (see, e.g. , McPherson, Crystallization of Biological Macromolecules, Cold Spring Harbor Press, New York, 1998; McPherson, Eur. J. Biochem. 189:1-23, 1990; Weber, Adv. Protein Chem. 41 :1-36, 1991 ; Methods in Enzymology 276:13-22, 100-110; 131-143, Academic Press, San Diego, 1997). [0225] Generally, native crystals are grown by dissolving substantially pure polypeptide in an aqueous buffer containing a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the protein. Examples of precipitants include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol, ammonium sulfate, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, sodium citrate, sodium chloride, glycerol, isopropanol, lithium sulfate, sodium acetate, sodium formate, potassium sodium tartrate, ethanol, hexanediol, ethylene glycol, dioxane, t-butanol and combinations thereof. Water is removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until crystal growth ceases. [0226] In one embodiment, native crystals are grown by vapor diffusion in hanging drops or sitting drops (McPherson, Preparation and Analysis of Protein Crystals, John Wiley, New York, 1982; McPherson, Eur. J. Biochem. 189:1-23, 1990). Generally, up to about 25 μL, or up to about 5μl, 3μl, or 2μl, of substantially pure polypeptide solution is mixed with a volume of reservoir solution. The ratio may vary according to biophysical conditions, for example, the ratio of protein volume: reservoir volume in the drop may be 1 :1, giving a precipitant concentration about half that required for crystallization. Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that the drop and reservoir volumes may be varied within certain biophysical conditions and still allow crystallization. In the sitting drop method, the polypeptide/precipitant solution is allowed to equilibrate in a closed container with a larger aqueous reservoir having a precipitant concentration optimal for producing crystals. In the hanging drop method, the polypeptide solution mixed with reservoir solution is suspended as a droplet underneath, for example, a coverslip, which is sealed onto the top of the reservoir. For both methods, the sealed container is allowed to stand, usually, for example, for up to 2-6 weeks, until crystals grow. The drop may be checked periodically to determine if a crystal has formed. One way of viewing the drop is using, for example, a microscope. One method of checking the drop, for high throughput purposes, includes methods that may be found in, for example, U.S. Utility Patent Application 10/042,929, filed October 18, 2001, entitled "Apparatus and Method for Identification of Crystals By In-situ X-Ray Diffraction." Such methods include, for example, using an automated apparatus comprising a crystal growing incubator, an x-ray source adjacent to the crystal growing incubator, where the x-ray source is configured to irradiate the crystalline material grown in the crystal growing incubator, and an x-ray detector configured to detect the presence of the diffracted x-rays from crystalline material grown in the incubator. In some examples, a charge coupled video camera is included in the detector system.
[0227] Those having skill in the art will recognize that the above-described crystallization conditions may be varied. Such variations may be used alone or in combination, and may include various volumes of protein solution and reservoir solution known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Other buffer solutions may be used such as Tris, imidazole, or MOPS buffer, so long as the desired pH range is maintained, and the chemical composition of the buffer is compatible with crystal formation. Compounds or other ligands may be added to the crystallization solution in order to obtain co-crystals. [0228] Heavy-atom derivative crystals may be obtained by soaking native crystals in mother liquor containing salts of heavy metal atoms and can also be obtained from SeMet and/or SeCys mutants, as described above for native crystals. [0229] Mutant proteins may crystallize under slightly different crystallization conditions than wild-type protein, or under very different crystallization conditions, depending on the nature of the mutation, and its location in the protein. For example, a non-conservative mutation may result in alteration of the hydrophilicity of the mutant, which may in turn make the mutant protein either more soluble or less soluble than the wild-type protein. Typically, if a protein becomes more hydrophilic as a result of a mutation, it will be more soluble than the wild-type protein in an aqueous solution and a higher precipitant concentration will be needed to cause it to crystallize. Conversely, if a protein becomes less hydrophilic as a result of a mutation, it will be less soluble in an aqueous solution and a lower precipitant concentration will be needed to cause it to crystallize. If the mutation happens to be in a region of the protein involved in crystal lattice contacts, crystallization conditions may be affected in more unpredictable ways.
Characterization of Crystals
[0230] The dimensions of a unit cell of a crystal are defined by six numbers, the lengths of three unique edges, a, b, and c, and three unique angles α, β, and γ. The type of unit cell that comprises a crystal is dependent on the values of these variables, as discussed above.
[0231] When a crystal is exposed to an x-ray beam, the electrons of the molecules in the crystal diffract the beam such that there is a sphere of diffracted x-rays around the crystal. The angle at which diffracted beams emerge from the crystal may be computed by treating diffraction as if it were reflection from sets of equivalent, parallel planes of atoms in a crystal (Bragg' s Law). The most obvious sets of planes in a crystal lattice are those that are parallel to the faces of the unit cell. These and other sets of planes may be drawn through the lattice points. Each set of planes is identified by three indices, hkl. The h index gives the number of parts into which the a edge of the unit cell is cut, the k index gives the number of parts into which the b edge of the unit cell is cut, and the 1 index gives the number of parts into which the c edge of the unit cell is cut by the set of hkl planes. Thus, for example, the 235 planes cut the a edge of each unit cell into halves, the b edge of each unit cell into thirds, and the c edge of each unit cell into fifths. Planes that are parallel to the be face of the unit cell are the 100 planes; planes that are parallel to the ac face of the unit cell are the 010 planes; and planes that are parallel to the ab face of the unit cell are the 001 planes.
[0232] When a detector is placed in the path of the diffracted x-rays, in effect cutting into the sphere of diffraction, a series of spots, or reflections, may be recorded of a still crystal (not rotated) to produce a "still" diffraction pattern. Each reflection is the result of x-rays reflecting off one set of parallel planes, and is characterized by an intensity, which is related to the distribution of molecules in the unit cell, and hkl indices, which correspond to the parallel planes from which the beam producing that spot was reflected. If the crystal is rotated about an axis perpendicular to the x-ray beam, a large number of reflections are recorded on the detector, resulting in a diffraction pattern. [0233] The unit cell dimensions and space group of a crystal may be determined from its diffraction pattern. First, the spacing of reflections is inversely proportional to the lengths of the edges of the unit cell. Therefore, if a diffraction pattern is recorded when the x-ray beam is perpendicular to a face of the unit cell, two of the unit cell dimensions may be deduced from the spacing of the reflections in the x and y directions of the detector, the crystal-to-detector distance, and the wavelength of the x-rays. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that, in order to obtain all three unit cell dimensions, the crystal must be rotated such that the x-ray beam is perpendicular to another face of the unit cell. Second, the angles of a unit cell may be determined by the angles between lines of spots on the diffraction pattern. Third, the absence of certain reflections and the repetitive nature of the diffraction pattern, which may be evident by visual inspection, indicate the internal symmetry, or space group, of the crystal. Therefore, a crystal may be characterized by its unit cell and space group, as well as by its diffraction pattern. [0234] Once the dimensions of the unit cell are determined, the likely number of polypeptides in the asymmetric unit may be deduced from the size of the polypeptide, the density of the average protein, and the typical solvent content of a protein crystal, which is usually in the range of 30-70% of the unit cell volume (Matthews, J. MoI. Biol. 33(2):491- 97, 1968).
Collection of Data and Determination of Structure Solutions
[0235] The diffraction pattern is related to the three-dimensional shape of the molecule by a Fourier transform. The process of determining the solution is in essence a re- focusing of the diffracted x-rays to produce a three-dimensional image of the molecule in the crystal. Since re-focusing of x-rays cannot be done with a lens at this time, it is done via mathematical operations.
[0236] The sphere of diffraction has symmetry that depends on the internal symmetry of the crystal, which means that certain orientations of the crystal will produce the same set of reflections. Thus, a crystal with high symmetry has a more repetitive diffraction pattern, and there are fewer unique reflections that need to be recorded in order to have a complete representation of the diffraction. The goal of data collection, a dataset, is a set of consistently measured, indexed intensities for as many reflections as possible. A complete dataset is collected if at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, most preferably at least 95% of unique reflections are recorded. In one embodiment, a complete dataset is collected using one crystal. In another embodiment, a complete dataset is collected using more than one crystal of the same type.
[0237] Sources of x-rays include, but are not limited to, a rotating anode x-ray generator such as a Rigaku RU-200, a micro source or mini-source, a sealed-beam source, or a beam line at a synchrotron light source, such as the Advanced Photon Source at Argonne National Laboratory. Suitable detectors for recording diffraction patterns include, but are not limited to, x-ray sensitive film, multiwire area detectors, image plates coated with phosphorus, and CCD cameras. Typically, the detector and the x-ray beam remain stationary, so that, in order to record diffraction from different parts of the crystal's sphere of diffraction, the crystal itself is moved via an automated system of moveable circles called a goniostat.
[0238] One of the biggest problems in data collection, particularly from macromolecular crystals having a high solvent content, is the rapid degradation of the crystal in the x-ray beam. In order to slow the degradation, data is often collected from a crystal at liquid nitrogen temperatures. In order for a crystal to survive the initial exposure to liquid nitrogen, the formation of ice within the crystal may be prevented by the use of a cryoprotectant. Suitable cryoprotectants include, but are not limited to, low molecular weight polyethylene glycols, ethylene glycol, sucrose, glycerol, xylitol, and combinations thereof. Crystals may be soaked in a solution comprising the one or more cryoprotectants prior to exposure to liquid nitrogen, or the one or more cryoprotectants may be added to the crystallization solution. Data collection at liquid nitrogen temperatures may allow the collection of an entire dataset from one crystal.
[0239] Once a dataset is collected, the information is used to determine the three- dimensional structure of the molecule in the crystal. This phase information may be acquired by methods described below in order to perform a Fourier transform on the diffraction pattern to obtain the three-dimensional structure of the molecule in the crystal. It is the determination of phase information that in effect refocuses x-rays to produce the image of the molecule.
[0240] One method of obtaining phase information is by isomorphous replacement, in which heavy-atom derivative crystals are used. In this method, the positions of heavy atoms bound to the molecules in the heavy- atom derivative crystal are determined, and this information is then used to obtain the phase information necessary to elucidate the three-dimensional structure of a native crystal (Blundell et ah, Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, 1976).
[0241] Another method of obtaining phase information is by molecular replacement, which is a method of calculating initial phases for a new crystal of a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are unknown by orienting and positioning a polypeptide whose structure coordinates are known within the unit cell of the new crystal so as to best account for the observed diffraction pattern of the new crystal. Phases are then calculated from the oriented and positioned polypeptide and combined with observed amplitudes to provide an approximate Fourier synthesis of the structure of the molecules comprising the new crystal (Lattman, Methods in Enzymology 115:55-77, 1985; Rossmann, "The Molecular Replacement Method," Int. Sci. Rev. Ser. No. 13, Gordon & Breach, New York, 1972).
[0242] A third method of phase determination is multi- wavelength anomalous diffraction or MAD. In this method, x-ray diffraction data are collected at several different wavelengths from a single crystal containing at least one heavy atom with absorption edges near the energy of incoming x-ray radiation. The resonance between x- rays and electron orbitals leads to differences in x-ray scattering that permits the locations of the heavy atoms to be identified, which in turn provides phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide. A detailed discussion of MAD analysis may be found in Hendrickson, Trans. Am. Crystallogr. Assoc, 21 :11, 1985; Hendrickson et al, EMBO J. 9:1665, 1990; and Hendrickson, Science, 254:51-58, 1991).
[0243] A fourth method of determining phase information is single wavelength anomalous dispersion or SAD. In this technique, x-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength from a single native or heavy-atom derivative crystal, and phase information is extracted using anomalous scattering information from atoms such as sulfur or chlorine in the native crystal or from the heavy atoms in the heavy-atom derivative crystal. The wavelength of x-rays used to collect data for this phasing technique need not be close to the absorption edge of the anomalous scatterer. A detailed discussion of SAD analysis may be found in Brodersen, et al., Acta Cryst., D56:431-41, 2000. [0244] A fifth method of determining phase information is single isomorphous replacement with anomalous scattering or SIRAS. SIRAS combines isomorphous replacement and anomalous scattering techniques to provide phase information for a crystal of a polypeptide. X-ray diffraction data are collected at a single wavelength, usually from both a native and a single heavy-atom derivative crystal. Phase information obtained only from the location of the heavy atoms in a single heavy-atom derivative crystal leads to an ambiguity in the phase angle, which is resolved using anomalous scattering from the heavy atoms. Phase information is extracted from both the location of the heavy atoms and from anomalous scattering of the heavy atoms. A detailed discussion of SIRAS analysis may be found in North, Acta Cryst. 18:212-16, 1965; Matthews, Acta Cryst. 20:82-86, 1966; Methods in Enzymology 276:530-37, 1997. [0245] Once phase information is obtained, it is combined with the diffraction data to produce an electron density map, an image of the electron clouds surrounding the atoms that constitute the molecules in the unit cell. The higher the resolution of the data, the more distinguishable the features of the electron density map, because atoms that are closer together are resolvable. A model of the macromolecule is then built into the electron density map with the aid of a computer, using as a guide all available information, such as the polypeptide sequence and the established rules of molecular structure and stereochemistry. Interpreting the electron density map is a process of finding the chemically reasonable conformation that fits the map precisely.
[0246] After a model is generated, a structure is refined. Refinement is the process of minimizing the function φ, which is the difference between observed and calculated intensity values (measured by an R- factor), and which is a function of the position, temperature factor, and occupancy of each non-hydrogen atom in the model. This usually involves alternate cycles of real space refinement, i.e., calculation of electron density maps and model building, and reciprocal space refinement, i.e., computational attempts to improve the agreement between the original intensity data and intensity data generated from each successive model. Refinement ends when the function φ converges on a minimum wherein the model fits the electron density map and is stereochemically and conformationally reasonable. During the last stages of refinement, ordered solvent molecules are added to the structure.
Structures of RONKD
[0247] The disclosed invention provides, for the first time, the high-resolution three- dimensional structures and molecular structure coordinates of crystalline RONKD as determined by x-ray crystallography.
[0248] Contemplated within the scope of the disclosed invention are any set of structure coordinates obtained for crystals of RONKD, whether native crystals, heavy- atom derivative crystals or co-crystals, that have a root mean square deviation ("r.m.s.d.") of up to about or equal to 1.5A, preferably 1.25A, preferably lA, preferably 1.75A, and preferably 0.5A when superimposed, using backbone atoms (N, C-α, C and O), or using C-α atoms, on the structure coordinates listed in Fig. 3, 4, or 5 are considered to be within the scope of the disclosed invention when at least 50% to 100% of the backbone atoms of RONKD are included in the superposition. The amino acid numbers in Figure 4 reflect the amino acid position in the expressed protein used to obtain the crystals of the disclosed invention. Those of ordinary skill in the art may align the sequence with other sequences of RONKD to, if desired, correlate the amino acid residue number. Thus, the "sequence of Figure 4" relates to the amino acid number designations, for the amino acid sequence, and not specifically the structural coordinates of Figure 4. Structure Coordinates
[0249] The molecular structure coordinates may be used in molecular modeling and design, as described more fully below. The disclosed invention encompasses the structure coordinates and other information, e.g., amino acid sequence, connectivity tables, vector- based representations, temperature factors, etc., used to generate the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide for use in the software programs described below and other software programs.
[0250] The invention includes methods of producing computer readable databases comprising the three-dimensional molecular structure coordinates of certain molecules, including, for example, the RONKD structure coordinates, the structure coordinates of binding pockets or active sites of RONKD, or structure coordinates of compounds capable of binding to RONKD. The databases of the disclosed invention may comprise any number of sets of molecular structure coordinates for any number of molecules, including, for examples, structure coordinates of one molecule. In other embodiments, the databases of the disclosed invention may comprise structure coordinates of a compound or compounds that have been identified by virtual screening to bind to a RON binding pocket, or other representations of such compounds such as, for example, a graphic representation or a name. By "database" is meant a collection of retrievable data. The invention encompasses machine readable media embedded with or containing information regarding the three-dimensional structure of a crystalline polypeptide and/or model, such as, for example, its molecular structure coordinates, described herein, or with subunits, domains, and/or, portions thereof such as, for example, portions comprising active sites, accessory binding sites, and/or binding pockets in either liganded or unliganded forms. Alternatively, the information may be that of identifiers which represent specific structures found in a protein. As used herein, "machine readable medium" refers to any medium that may be read and accessed directly by a computer or scanner. Such media may take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile, volatile and transmission media. Nonvolatile media, i.e., media that can retain information in the absence of power, includes a ROM. Volatile media, i.e., media that cannot retain information in the absence of power, includes a main memory. Transmission media includes coaxial cables, copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that comprise the bus. Transmission media can also take the form of carrier waves; i.e., electromagnetic waves that may be modulated, as in frequency, amplitude or phase, to transmit information signals. Additionally, transmission media can take the form of acoustic or light waves, such as those generated during radio wave and infrared data communications.
[0251] Such media also include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, flexible discs, hard disc storage medium and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM or ROM, PROM (i.e., programmable read only memory), EPROM (i.e., erasable programmable read only memory), including FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, carrier waves, or any other medium from which a processor can retrieve information, and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media. Such media further include paper on which is recorded a representation of the molecular structure coordinates, e.g., Cartesian coordinates, that may be read by a scanning device and converted into a format readily accessed by a computer or by any of the software programs described herein by, for example, optical character recognition (OCR) software. Such media also include physical media with patterns of holes, such as, for example, punch cards, and paper tape.
[0252] A variety of data storage structures are available for creating a computer readable medium having recorded thereon the molecular structure coordinates of the invention or portions thereof and/or x-ray diffraction data. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats may be used to store the sequence and x-ray data information on a computer readable medium. Such formats include, but are not limited to, macromolecular Crystallographic Information File ("mmCIF") and Protein Data Bank ("PDB") format (Research Collaboratory for Structural Bioinformatics; www.rcsb.org; Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre format (www.ccdc.can.ac.uk/support/csd_doc/volume3/z323.html); Structure-data ("SD") file format (MDL Information Systems, Inc.; Dalby, et al, J. Chem. Inf. Comp. Sd., 32:244- 55, 1992; and line-notation, e.g., as used in SMILES (Weininger, J. Chem. Inf. Comp. Sci. 28:31 -36, 1988). Methods of converting between various formats read by different computer software will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art, e.g., BABEL (v. 1.06, Walters & Stahl, ©1992, 1993, 1994; www.brunel.ac.uk/departments/chem/babel.htm). All format representations of the polypeptide coordinates described herein, or portions thereof, are contemplated by the disclosed invention. By providing computer readable medium having stored thereon the atomic coordinates of the invention, one of skill in the art can routinely access the atomic coordinates of the invention, or portions thereof, and related information for use in modeling and design programs, described in detail below.
[0253] A computer may be used to display the structure coordinates or the three- dimensional representation of the protein or peptide structures, or portions thereof, such as, for example, portions comprising active sites, accessory binding sites, and/or binding pockets, in either liganded or unliganded form, of the disclosed invention. The term "computer" includes, but is not limited to, mainframe computers, personal computers, portable laptop computers, and personal data assistants ("PDAs") which can store data and independently run one or more applications, i.e., programs. The computer may include, for example, a machine readable storage medium of the disclosed invention, a working memory for storing instructions for processing the machine-readable data encoded in the machine readable storage medium, a central processing unit operably coupled to the working memory and to the machine readable storage medium for processing the machine readable information, and a display operably coupled to the central processing unit for displaying the structure coordinates or the three-dimensional representation. The information contained in the machine-readable medium may be in the form of, for example, x-ray diffraction data, structure coordinates, electron density maps, or ribbon structures. The information may also include such data for co-complexes between a compound and a protein or peptide of the disclosed invention. [0254] The computers of the disclosed invention may also include, for example, a central processing unit, a working memory which may be, for example, random-access memory (RAM) or "core memory," mass storage memory (for example, one or more disk drives or CD-ROM drives), one or more cathode-ray tube ("CRT") display terminals or one or more LCD displays, one or more keyboards, one or more input lines, and one or more output lines, all of which are interconnected by a conventional bi-directional system bus. Machine-readable data of the disclosed invention may be inputted and/or outputted through a modem or modems connected by a telephone line or a dedicated data line (either of which may include, for example, wireless modes of communication). The input hardware may also (or instead) comprise CD-ROM drives or disk drives. Other examples of input devices are a keyboard, a mouse, a trackball, a finger pad, or cursor direction keys. Output hardware may also be implemented by conventional devices. For example, output hardware may include a CRT, or any other display terminal, a printer, or a disk drive. The CPU coordinates the use of the various input and output devices, coordinates data accesses from mass storage and accesses to and from working memory, and determines the order of data processing steps. The computer may use various software programs to process the data of the disclosed invention. Examples of many of these types of software are discussed throughout the disclosed application. [0255] Those of skill in the art will recognize that a set of structure coordinates is a relative set of points that define a shape in three dimensions. Therefore, two different sets of coordinates could define the identical or a similar shape. Also, minor changes in the individual coordinates may have very little effect on the peptide's shape. Minor changes in the overall structure may have very little to no effect, for example, on the binding pocket, and would not be expected to significantly alter the nature of compounds that might associate with the binding pocket.
[0256] Although Cartesian coordinates are important and convenient representations of the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide, other representations of the structure are also useful. Therefore, the three-dimensional structure of a polypeptide, as discussed herein, includes not only the Cartesian coordinate representation, but also all alternative representations of the three-dimensional distribution of atoms. For example, atomic coordinates may be represented as a Z-matrix, wherein a first atom of the protein is chosen, a second atom is placed at a defined distance from the first atom, and a third atom is placed at a defined distance from the second atom so that it makes a defined angle with the first atom. Each subsequent atom is placed at a defined distance from a previously placed atom with a specified angle with respect to the third atom, and at a specified torsion angle with respect to a fourth atom. Atomic coordinates may also be represented as a Patterson function, wherein all interatomic vectors are drawn and are then placed with their tails at the origin. This representation is particularly useful for locating heavy atoms in a unit cell. In addition, atomic coordinates may be represented as a series of vectors having magnitude and direction and drawn from a chosen origin to each atom in the polypeptide structure. Furthermore, the positions of atoms in a three-dimensional structure maybe represented as fractions of the unit cell (fractional coordinates), or in spherical polar coordinates.
[0257] Additional information, such as thermal parameters, which measure the motion of each atom in the structure, chain identifiers, which identify the particular chain of a multi-chain protein in which an atom is located, and connectivity information, which indicates to which atoms a particular atom is bonded, is also useful for representing a three-dimensional molecular structure.
[0258] The structural information of a compound that binds a RONKD of the invention may be similarly stored and transmitted as described above for structural information of
RONKD.
Uses of the Molecular Structure Coordinates
[0259] Structure information, typically in the form of molecular structure coordinates, may be used in a variety of computational or computer-based methods to, for example, design, screen for, and/or identify compounds that bind the crystallized polypeptide or a portion or fragment thereof, or to intelligently design mutants that have altered biological properties.
[0260] When designing or identifying compounds that may associate with a given protein, binding pockets are often analyzed. The term "binding pocket," refers to a region of a protein that, because of its shape, likely associates with a chemical entity or compound. A binding pocket may be the same as an active site. A binding pocket of a protein is usually involved in associating with the protein's natural ligands or substrates, and is often the basis for the protein's activity. A binding pocket may refer to an active site. Many drugs act by associating with a binding pocket of a protein. A binding pocket may comprise amino acid residues that line the cleft of the pocket. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the numbering system used for other isoforms of RONKD may be different, but that the corresponding amino acids may be determined with a homology software program known to those of ordinary skill in the art. A binding pocket homolog comprises amino acids having structure coordinates that have a root mean square deviation from structure coordinates, as indicated in Fig. 3, 4, or 5, of the binding pocket amino acids of up to about 1.5A, preferably up to about 1.25A, preferably up to about lA, preferably up to about 0.75A, preferably up to about 0.5A, and preferably up to about 0.25A.
[0261] Where a binding pocket or regulatory site is said to comprise amino acids having particular structure coordinates, the amino acids comprise the same amino acid residues, or may comprise amino acids having similar properties, as shown in, for example, Table 1, and have either the same relative three-dimensional structure coordinates as Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or the group of amino acid residues named as part of the binding pocket have an rmsd of within 1.5A, preferably within 1.25A, preferably within 1 A, preferably within 0.75A, preferably within 0.5A, and preferably within 0.25A of the structure coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5. Preferably, when comparing the structure coordinates of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues, the rmsd is within 1.5 A, preferably within 1.25A, preferably within lA, preferably within 0.75 A, preferably within 0.5A, and more preferably within 0.25A.
[0262] Software applications are available to compare structures, or portions thereof, to determine if they are sufficiently similar to the structures of the invention such as DALI (Holm and Sander, J. MoI. Biol. 233:123-38, 1993; (See European Bioinformatics Institute site at www.ebi.ac.uk/); MOE (Chemical Computing Group, Inc. Montreal, Quebec, Canada; and DEJAVU (Uppsala Software Factory; Kleywegt, G. S. & Jones, T. A., "Detecting Folding Motifs and Similarities in Protein Structure," Methods in Enzymology, 277:525-45, 1997).
[0263] The crystals and structure coordinates obtained therefrom may be used for rational drug design to identify and/or design compounds that bind RON as an approach towards developing new therapeutic agents. For example, a high resolution x-ray structure of, for example, a crystallized protein saturated with solvent, will often show the locations of ordered solvent molecules around the protein, and in particular at or near putative binding pockets of the protein. This information can then be used to design molecules that bind these sites, the compounds synthesized and tested for binding in biological assays (Travis, Science, 262:1374, 1993).
[0264] The structure may also be computationally screened with a plurality of molecules to determine their ability to bind to the RONKD at various sites. Such compounds may be used as targets or leads in medicinal chemistry efforts to identify, for example, inhibitors of potential therapeutic importance (Travis, Science, 262:1374, 1993). The 3 -dimensional structures of such compounds may be superimposed on a 3- dimensional representation of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof to assess whether the compound fits spatially into the representation and hence the protein. Structural information produced by such methods and concerning a compound that fits (or a fitting portion of such a compound) may be stored in a machine readable medium. Alternatively, one or more identifiers of a compound that fits, or a fitting portion thereof, may be stored in a machine readable medium. Examples of identifiers include chemical name or abbreviation, chemical or molecular formula, chemical structure, and/or other identifying information. As an non-limiting example, if the 3 -dimensional structure of phenol is found to fit the active site of RONKD, the structural information of phenol, or the portion that fits, may be stored for further use. Alternatively, an identifier of phenol, or of the portion that fits, such as the -OH group, may be stored for further use. Other identifying information for phenol may also be used to represent it. All storage of information concerning a compound that fits may optionally be in combination with one or more pieces of information concerning RONKD.
[0265] In an analogous manner, the structure of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof may be used to computationally screen small molecule databases for chemical entities or compounds that can bind in whole, or in part, to RON. In this screening, the quality of fit of such entities or compounds to the binding pocket may be judged either by shape complementarity or by estimated interaction energy (Meng, et al. , J. Comp. Chem. 13:505-24, 1992).
[0266] In still another embodiment, compounds may be developed that are analogues of natural substrates, reaction intermediates or reaction products of RON. The reaction intermediates of RON may be deduced from the substrates, or reaction products in co-complex with RONKD. The binding of substrates, reaction intermediates, and reaction products may change the conformation of the binding pocket, which provides additional information regarding binding patterns of potential ligands, activators, inhibitors, and the like. Such information is also useful to design improved analogues of known RON inhibitors or to design novel classes of inhibitors based on the substrates, reaction intermediates, and reaction products of RONKD and RONKD-inhibitor co-complexes. This provides a novel route for designing RONKD inhibitors with both high specificity and stability. [0267] Another method of screening or designing compounds that associate with a binding pocket includes, for example, computationally designing a negative image of the binding pocket. This negative image may be used to identify a set of pharmacophores. A pharmacophore may be a description of functional groups and how they relate to each other in three-dimensional space. This set of pharmacophores may be used to design compounds and screen chemical databases for compounds that match with the pharmacophore(s). Compounds identified by this method may then be further evaluated computationally or experimentally for binding activity. Various computer programs may be used to create the negative image of the binding pocket, for example; GRID (Goodford, J. Med. Chem. 28:849-57, 1985; GRID is available from Oxford University, Oxford, UK); MCSS (Miranker & Karplus, Proteins: Structure, Function and Genetics 11 :29-34, 1991; MCSS is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA); LUDI (Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992; LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA); DOCK (Kuntz et al; J. MoI. Biol. 161 :269-88, 1982; DOCK is available from University of California, San Francisco, CA); DOCKIT (Metaphorics, Mission Viejo, CA) and MOE. Other appropriate programs are desribed in, for example, Halperin, et al., Proteins 47(4): 409-43 (2002).
[0268] Thus, among the various embodiments of the disclosed invention are methods of identifying, screening, and designing compounds that associate with a binding pocket of RONKD.
[0269] The design of compounds that bind to and/or modulate RON, for example that inhibit or activate RON according to this invention generally involves consideration of two factors. First, the compound must be capable of physically and structurally associating, either covalently or non-covalently with RON. For example, covalent interactions may be important for designing irreversible or suicide inhibitors of a protein. Non-covalent molecular interactions important in the association of RON with the compound include hydrogen bonding, ionic interactions and van der Waals and hydrophobic interactions. Second, the compound must be able to assume a conformation and orientation in relation to the binding pocket, that allows it to associate with RON. Although certain portions of the compound will not directly participate in this association with RON, those portions may still influence the overall conformation of the molecule and may have a significant impact on potency. Conformational requirements include the overall three-dimensional structure and orientation of the chemical group or compound in relation to all or a portion of the binding pocket, or the spacing between functional groups of a compound comprising several chemical groups that directly interact with RON. [0270] To computationally screen compounds, or fragments of compounds, that may fit in a binding site of a target protein, various methods may be used. To screen a linear library, energetically favorable conformers are generated for each compound or fragment of the virtual library. Each conformer is placed in the crystallographically determined compound or fragment position in the desired protein binding site, and subjected to energy minimization. Unfavorable conformations are removed and top scoring substituents are selected using the MM/PBSA binding free energy method. (P.A. Kollman, et al., Calculating Structures and Free Energies of Complex Molecules: Combining Molecular Mechanics and Continuum Models. Accts. Chem. Res. 33, 889-897 (2000)). [0271] In one example, once a compound or fragment is selected, it can be subjected to an in silico reaction to design additional virtual libraries. This virtual library can be used to select a library that may be synthesized for further screening. Sterically accessible and/or energetically favorable conformers are generated, using software such as, for example, OMEGA (OpenEye), Catalyst (Accelrys), MOE (CCG) and SYBYL (Tripos), in the crystallographically determined compound or fragment position using, for example MOE (CCG) and DOCK. The conformer/binding site combination is subjected to energy minimization using, for example InsightII (Accelrys), MOE (CCG) SYBYL (Tripos) and AMBER, and unfavorable conformations, such as, for example, those that have high intramolecular energy, such as, for example, those that have an intramolecular energy greater than about 5.0kcal/mol, are removed. The top scoring substituents from the remaining conformations are selected with MM/PBSA and synthesized for further analysis.
[0272] Other computational chemistry methods may be used to select components of a compound or fragment library. These programs may also be used to design modifications to a compound or fragment, to generate a lead compound.
[0273] Computer modeling techniques may be used to assess the potential modulating or binding effect of a chemical compound on RONKD. If computer modeling indicates a strong interaction, the molecule may then be synthesized and tested for its ability to bind to RON and affect (by inhibiting or activating) its activity. [0274] Modulating or other binding compounds of RON may be computationally evaluated and designed by means of a series of steps in which chemical groups or fragments are screened and selected for their ability to associate with the individual binding pockets or other areas of RON. Several methods are available to screen chemical groups or fragments for their ability to associate with RON. This process may begin by visual inspection of, for example, the active site on the computer screen based on the RONKD coordinates. Selected fragments or chemical groups may then be positioned in a variety of orientations, or docked, within an individual binding pocket of RONKD (Blaney, J.M. and Dixon, J. S., Perspectives in Drug Discovery and Design, 1 :301, 1993). Manual docking may be accomplished using software such as Insight II (Accelrys, San Diego, CA) MOE; CE (Shindyalov, IN, Bourne, PE, "Protein Structure Alignment by Incremental Combinatorial Extension (CE) of the Optimal Path," Protein Engineering, 11 :739-47, 1998); and SYBYL (Molecular Modeling Software, Tripos Associates, Inc., St. Louis, MO, 1992), followed by energy minimization and molecular dynamics with standard molecular mechanics force fields, such as CHARMM (Brooks, et al, J. Comp. Chem. 4:187-217, 1983). More automated docking may be accomplished by using programs such as DOCK (Kuntz et al, J. MoI. Biol, 161 :269-88, 1982; DOCK is available from University of California, San Francisco, CA); AUTODOCK (Goodsell & Olsen, Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 8:195-202, 1990; AUTODOCK is available from Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, CA); GOLD (Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre (CCDC); Jones et al., J. MoI. Biol. 245:43-53, 1995); and FLEXX (Tripos, St. Louis, MO; Rarey, M., et al., J. MoI. Biol. 261 :470-89, 1996); AMBER (Weiner, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 106:765-84, 1984) and C2 MMFF (Merck Molecular Force Field; Accelrys, San Diego, CA). Other appropriate programs are described in, for example, Halperin, et al.
[0275] Specialized computer programs may also assist in the process of selecting fragments or chemical groups. These include DOCK; GOLD; LUDI; FLEXX (Tripos, St. Louis, MO; Rarey, M., et al., J. MoI Biol. 261 :470-89, 1996); and GLIDE (Eldridge, et al., J. Comput. Aided MoI Des. 11 :425-45, 1997; Schrδdinger, Inc., New York). Other appropriate programs are described in, for example, Halperin, et al., (Portland, OR). [0276] Once suitable chemical groups or fragments have been selected, they may be assembled into a single compound or inhibitor. Assembly may proceed by visual inspection of the relationship of the fragments to each other in the three-dimensional image displayed on a computer screen in relation to the structure coordinates of RONKD. This would be followed by manual model building using software such as SYBYL, (Tripos, St. Louis, MO); Insight II (Accelrys, San Diego, CA); and MOE (Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Canada). Other appropriate program are described in, for example, Halperin, et al.
[0277] Useful programs to aid one of skill in the art in connecting the individual chemical groups or fragments include, for example:
1. CAVEAT (Bartlett et al. , 'CAVEAT: A Program to Facilitate the Structure-Derived Design of Biologically Active Molecules'. In Molecular Recognition in Chemical and Biological Problems', Special Pub., Royal Chem. Soc. 78:182-96, 1989). CAVEAT is available from the University of California, Berkeley, CA.
2. 3D Database systems such as ISIS or MACCS-3D (MDL Information Systems, San Leandro, Calif). This area is reviewed in Martin, J. Med. Chem. 35:2145-54, 1992).
3. HOOK (Eisen et al, Proteins: Struct, Funct., Genet, 19:199-221, 1994) (available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA).
4. LUDI (Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992). LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
[0278] Instead of proceeding to build a RON inhibitor in a step-wise fashion one fragment or chemical group at a time, as described above, RON binding compounds may be designed as a whole or 'de novo' using either an empty active site or optionally including some portion(s) of a known inhibitor(s). These methods include, for example:
1. LUDI (Bohm, J. Comp. Aid. Molec. Design 6:61-78, 1992). LUDI is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
2. LEGEND (Nishibata & Itai, Tetrahedron, 47:8985, 1991). LEGEND is available from Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA.
3. LeapFrog (available from Tripos, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.).
4. SPROUT (Gillet et al, J. Comput Aided MoI. Design 7:127-53, 1993) (available from the University of Leeds, U.K.).
5. GenStar (Murcko, M.A. and Rotstein, S.H. J. Comput. Aided MoI. Des. 7:23-43, 1993). 6. GroupBuild (Rotstein, S.H., and Murcko, M.A., J. Med. Chem. 36: 1700, 1993).
7. GrowMol (Rich, D.H. et al, Chimia, 51 :45, 1997).
8. Grow (UpJohn; Moon J, Howe W, Proteins, 11 :314-28, 1991).
9. SmoG (DeWitte, R.S., Abstr. Pap Am Chem. S. 214:6-Comp Part 1, Sept. 7, 1997; DeWitte, R.S. & Shakhnovich, E.I., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118:11733-44, 1996).
10. LigBuilder (PDB (www.rcsb.org/pdb); Wang R, Ying G, Lai L, J. MoI. Model. 6: 498-516, 1998).
[0279] Other molecular modeling techniques may also be employed in accordance with this invention. See, e.g., Cohen et al, J. Med. Chem. 33:883-94, 1990. See also, Navia & Murcko, Current Opinions in Structural Biology 2:202-10, 1992; Balbes et al, Reviews in Computational Chemistry, 5:337-80, 1994, (Lipkowitz and Boyd, Eds.) (VCH, New York); Guida, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 4:777-81, 1994.
[0280] During design and selection of compounds by the above methods, the efficiency with which that compound may bind to RONKD may be tested and optimized by computational evaluation. For example, a compound that has been designed or selected to function as a RON inhibitor may occupy a volume not overlapping the volume occupied by the active site residues when the native substrate is bound, however, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that there is some flexibility, allowing for rearrangement of the main chains and the side chains. In addition, one of ordinary skill may design compounds that could exploit protein rearrangement upon binding, such as, for example, resulting in an induced fit. An effective RON inhibitor may demonstrate a relatively small difference in energy between its bound and free states (i.e., it must have a small deformation energy of binding and/or low conformational strain upon binding). Thus, the most efficient RON inhibitors should, for example, be designed with a deformation energy of binding of not greater than 10 kcal/mol, for example, not greater than 7 kcal/mol, for example, not greater than 5 kcal/mol and, for example, not greater than 2 kcal/mol. RON inhibitors may interact with the protein in more than one conformation that is similar in overall binding energy. In those cases, the deformation energy of binding is taken to be the difference between the energy of the free compound and the average energy of the conformations observed when the inhibitor binds to the enzyme. [0281] Methods of calculating energies are known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, for example, MOE v2004.03 from Chemical Computing Group using MMFF94, or Open Eye software using MMFF94s. MMFF94 and MMFF94s (Merck Molecular Mechanics Force Field) are discussed in, for example, Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 490-519 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 520-552 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 553-586 (1996); Halgren and Nachbar, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 587- 615 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 17, 616-641 (1996); Halgren, J. Comput. Chem., 20, 720-729 (1999); and Halgren, J Comput. Chem., 20, 730-748 (1999). [0282] A compound selected or designed for binding to RONKD may be further computationally optimized so that in its bound state it would, for example, lack repulsive electrostatic interaction with the target protein. Non-complementary electrostatic interactions include repulsive charge-charge, dipole-dipole and charge-dipole interactions. Specifically, the sum of all electrostatic interactions between the inhibitor and the protein when the inhibitor is bound to it may make a neutral or favorable contribution to the enthalpy of binding.
[0283] Specific computer software is available in the art to evaluate compound deformation energy and electrostatic interaction. Examples of programs designed for such uses include: Gaussian 94, revision C (Frisch, Gaussian, Inc., Pittsburgh, PA. ©1995); AMBER, version 7 (Kollman, University of California at San Francisco, ©2002); QUANT A/CHARMM (Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA, ©1995); Insight II/Discover (Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA, ©1995); DelPhi (Accelrys, Inc., San Diego, CA, ©1995); and AMSOL (University of Minnesota) (Quantum Chemistry Program Exchange, Indiana University). These programs may be implemented, for instance, using a computer workstation, as are well known in the art, for example, a LINUX, SGI or Sun workstation. Other hardware systems and software packages will be known to those skilled in the art. [0284] Once a RONKD binding compound has been optimally selected or designed, as described above, substitutions may then be made in some of its atoms or chemical groups in order to improve or modify its binding properties. Generally, initial substitutions are conservative, i.e., the replacement group will have approximately the same size, shape, hydrophobicity and charge as the original group. One of skill in the art will understand that substitutions known in the art to alter conformation should be avoided. Such altered chemical compounds may then be analyzed for efficiency of binding to RONKD by the same computer methods described in detail above. Methods of structure-based drug design are described in, for example, Klebe, G., J. MoI. Med. 78:269-81, 2000); HoI. W.G.J., Angewandte Chemie (Int'l Edition in English) 25:767-852, 1986; and Gane, PJ. and Dean, P.M., Current Opinion in Structural Biology, 10:401-04, 2000. [0285] The disclosed invention also provides means for the preparation of a compound the structure of which has been identified or designed, as described above, as binding RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof. Where the compound is already known or designed, the synthesis thereof may readily proceed by means known in the art. Alternatively, compounds that match the structure of one or more pharmacophores as described above may be prepared by means known in the art. In an alternative embodiment, the production of a compound may proceed by introduction of one or more desired chemical groups by attachment to an initial compound which binds RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof and which has, or has been modified to contain, one or more chemical moieties for attachment of one or more desired chemical groups. The initial compound may be viewed as a "scaffold" comprising at least one moiety capable of binding or associating with one or more residues of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof.
[0286] The initial compound may be a flexible or rigid "scaffold", optionally containing a linker for introduction of additional chemical moieties. Various scaffold compounds may be used, including, but not limited to, aliphatic carbon chains, pyrrolidinones, sulfonamidopyrrolidinones, cycloalkanonedienes including cyclopentanonedienes, cyclohexanonedienes, and cyclopheptanonedienes, carbazoles, imidazoles, benzimidiazoles, pyridine, isoxazoles, isoxazolines, benzoxazinones, benzamidines, pyridinones and derivatives thereof. Other scaffolds are described in, for example, Klebe, G., J. MoI. Med. 78: 269-281 (2000); Maignan, S. and Mikol, V., Curr. Top. Med. Chem. 1 : 161-174 (2001); and U.S. Patent No. 5,756,466 to Bemis et al. The scaffold compound used may, for example, be one that comprises at least one moiety capable of binding or associating with one or more residues of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof.
[0287] Chemical moieties on the scaffold compound that permit attachment of one or more desired functional chemical groups may undergo conventional reactions by coupling, substitution, and electrophilic or nucleophilic displacement. For example, the moieties may be those already present on the compound or readily introduced. Alternatively, an variant of the scaffold compound comprising the moieties is utilized initially. As a non- limiting example, the moiety may be a leaving group which can readily be removed from the scaffold compound. Various moieties may be used, including but not limited to pyrophosphates, acetates, hydroxy groups, alkoxy groups, tosylates, brosylates, halogens, and the like. In another embodiment of the invention, the scaffold compound is synthesized from readily available starting materials using conventional techniques. {See e.g., U.S. Patent 5,756,466 for general synthetic methods). Chemical groups are then introduced into the scaffold compound to increase the number of interactions with one or more residues of RONKD or an active site or binding pocket thereof. [0288] Because RONKD may crystallize in more than one crystal form, the structure coordinates of RONKD, or portions thereof, are particularly useful to solve the structure of those other crystal forms of RONKD. They may also be used to solve the structure of RONKD mutants, RONKD co-complexes, or of the crystalline form of any other protein with significant amino acid sequence homology to any functional domain of RONKD. [0289] Homologs or mutants of RONKD may, for example, have an amino acid sequence homology to the Homo sapiens amino acid sequence of Fig. 2 of greater than 60%, more preferred proteins have a greater than 70% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 80% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 90% sequence homology, and most preferred proteins have greater than 95% sequence homology. A protein domain, region, or binding pocket may have a level of amino acid sequence homology to the corresponding domain, region, or binding pocket amino acid sequence of Homo sapiens of Fig. 2 of greater than 60%, more preferred proteins have a greater than 70% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 80% sequence homology, more preferred proteins have a greater than 90% sequence homology, and most preferred proteins have greater than 95% sequence homology. Percent homology may be determined using, for example, a PSI BLAST search, such as, but not limited to version 2.1.2 (Altschul, S. F., et al., Nuc. Acids Rec. 25:3389-3402, 1997).
[0290] One method that may be employed for this purpose is molecular replacement. In this method, the unknown crystal structure, whether it is another crystal form of RONKD, a RONKD mutant, or a RONKD co-complex, or the crystal of some other protein with significant amino acid sequence homology to any functional domain of RONKD, may be determined using phase information from the RONKD structure coordinates. This method may provide an accurate three-dimensional structure for the unknown protein in the new crystal more quickly and efficiently than attempting to determine such information ab initio. In addition, in accordance with this invention, RONKD mutants may be crystallized in co-complex with known RONKD inhibitors. The crystal structures of a series of such complexes may then be solved by molecular replacement and compared with that of wild-type RONKD. Potential sites for modification within the various binding pockets of the protein may thus be identified. A co-crystal may be obtained, for example, by soaking a crystalline form of a target protein in the presence of at least one ligand. Or, a co-crystal may be obtained, for example, by crystallizing a co-complex, by preparing a solution comprising a target protein and a ligand, and then following an appropriate crystallization method. The ligand may be present in the mother liquor or, if it is insoluble in the mother liquor, it may be dissolved, at the highest concentration possible, in DMSO, for example.
[0291] This information provides an additional tool for determining the most efficient binding interactions, for example, increased hydrophobic interactions, between RONKD and a chemical group or compound.
[0292] If an unknown crystal form has the same space group as and similar cell dimensions to the known RONKD crystal form, then the phases derived from the known crystal form may be directly applied to the unknown crystal form, and in turn, an electron density map for the unknown crystal form may be calculated. Difference electron density maps can then be used to examine the differences between the unknown crystal form and the known crystal form. A difference electron density map is a subtraction of one electron density map, e.g., that derived from the known crystal form, from another electron density map, e.g., that derived from the unknown crystal form. Therefore, all similar features of the two electron density maps are eliminated in the subtraction and only the differences between the two structures remain. For example, if the unknown crystal form is of a RONKD co-complex, then a difference electron density map between this map and the map derived from the native, uncomplexed crystal will ideally show only the electron density of the ligand. Similarly, if amino acid side chains have different conformations in the two crystal forms, then those differences will be highlighted by peaks (positive electron density) and valleys (negative electron density) in the difference electron density map, making the differences between the two crystal forms easy to detect. However, if the space groups and/or cell dimensions of the two crystal forms are different, then this approach will not work and molecular replacement must be used in order to derive phases for the unknown crystal form.
[0293] All of the complexes referred to above may be studied using well-known x-ray diffraction techniques and may be refined against data extending from about 5OθA to at least 3.θA or 1.5 A, until the refinement has converged to limits accepted by those skilled in the art, such as, but not limited to, R=0.2, Rfree=0.25. This may be determined using computer software, such as X-PLOR, CNX, or refmac (part of the CCP4 suite; Collaborative Computational Project, Number 4, "The CCP4 Suite: Programs for Protein Crystallography," Acta Cryst. D50, 760-63, 1994). See, e.g., Blundell et al ., Protein Crystallography, Academic Press; Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 114 & 115, 1976; Wyckoff et al, eds., Academic Press, 1985; Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 276 and 277 (Carter & Sweet, eds., Academic Press 1997); "Application of Maximum Likelihood Refinement" G. Murshudov, A.Vagin and E.Dodson, (1996) in the Refinement of Protein Structures, Proceedings of Daresbury Study Weekend; G.N. Murshudov, A. A.Vagin and EJ.Dodson, Acta Cryst. D53, 240-55, 1997; G.N.Murshudov, A.Lebedev, A.A.Vagin, K.S.Wilson and EJ.Dodson, Acta Cryst. Section D55, 247-55, 1999. See, e.g., Blundell et al, Protein Crystallography, Academic Press; Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 114 & 115, 1976; Wyckoff et al, eds., Academic Press, Methods in Enzymology, VoIs. 276 and 277, 1985 (Carter & Sweet, eds., Academic Press 1997). This information may thus be used to optimize known classes of RON inhibitors, and more importantly, to design and synthesize novel classes of RON inhibitors.
[0294] The structure coordinates of RONKD mutants will also facilitate the identification of related proteins or enzymes analogous to RON in function, structure or both, thereby further leading to novel therapeutic modes for treating or preventing diseases or disorders in which RON activity is implicated.
[0295] Subsets of the molecular structure coordinates may be used in any of the above methods. Particularly useful subsets of the coordinates include, but are not limited to, coordinates of single domains, coordinates of residues lining an active site or binding pocket, coordinates of residues that participate in important protein-protein contacts at an interface, and alpha-carbon coordinates. For example, the coordinates of one domain of a protein that contains the active site may be used to design inhibitors that bind to that site, even though the protein is fully described by a larger set of atomic coordinates. Therefore, a set of atomic coordinates that define the entire polypeptide chain, although useful for many applications, do not necessarily need to be used for the methods described herein.
EXAMPLES Example 1; Determination of RON Structure
[0296] The subsections below describe the production of a polypeptide comprising the human RON kinase, and the preparation and characterization of diffraction quality crystals and heavy-atom derivative crystals
Example 1.1: Preparation of RON Crystals
[0297] Human A-498 cDNA was synthesized using a standard cDNA synthesis kit following the manufacturers' instructions. The template for the cDNA synthesis was mRNA isolated from Hep G2 cells [ATCC HB-8065] using a standard RNA isolation kit. An open-reading frame for RONKD was amplified from the human A-498 cDNA by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the following primers: Forward primer: CGGAAAGAGTCCATCCAG
Reverse primer: CCTCATGCGAGGTGCTGGG
[0298] The PCR product (954 base pairs expected) was electrophoresed on a 1.2% E- gel ( Cat. #G5018-01, Invitrogen Corporation) and the appropriate size band was excised from the gel and eluted using a standard gel extraction kit. The eluted DNA was TOPO ligated into TOPO (Invitrogen Corporation) adapted pFB N His vector which was custom TOPO adapted by Invitrogen Corporation. The resulting sequence of the gene after being TOPO ligated into the vector, from the start sequence through the stop site was as follows: ATG TCT TAC TAC CAT CAC CAT CAC CAT CAC GAT TAC GAT CTA CCA ACG ACC GAA AAC CTG TAT TTT CAG GGA TCC CTT 3Tinsert15'AA GGG TGA The protein expressed using this vector has an N-terminal methionine, N his tag + TEV cleavage site, the kinase domain of RON, and a stop. The vector was mutated to encode an M1254T mutant (referred to as RONKD-M1254T herein). [0299] Plasmids containing TOPO ligated inserts were transformed into chemically competent TOP 10 cells (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat.#C4040-10). Colonies were then screened for inserts in the correct orientation and small DNA amounts were purified using a "miniprep" procedure from 2ml cultures, using a standard kit, following the manufacturer's instructions. For standard molecular biology protocols followed here, see also, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook et ah, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY, 2001, and Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, NY, 1989. The DNA that was in the "correct" orientation was then sequence verified.
[0300] The sequence verified clone was then transformed into DHlO BAC chemically competent cells (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat#10361012) which uses site specific transposition to insert a foreign gene into a bacmid propogated in E.coli. The transformation was then plated on selective media. 1-2 colonies were picked into minipreps. The Nautilus Genomic miniprep kit (Active Motif, Cat.#50050) was used to purify the bacmid DNA. The bacmid was then verified by PCR. [0301]
[0302] The bacmid was transfected and expressed in SF9 cells using the following standard Bac to Bac protocol (Invitrogen Corporation, Cat.#10359-016)
Dav O
[0303] Seeded 9X10E5 cells per 35mm well (of a 6 well plate) in 2 ml Sf-900II SFM (Cat. #10902-104, Invitrogen Corporation) containing 1% Penicillin/Streptomycin (Cat. # 15140122, Invitrogen Corporation). Allowed cells to attach at 27 0C for 1 hour. In a Falcon 2059 polypropylene 12X75mm tube prepared the following solutions: 1. Dilute 5 μl of RON miniprep bacmid DNA (Nautilus Genomic DNA Mini Kit Cat. # 50050, Active Motif) into 100 μl Sf-900II SFM without pen/strep; and 2. Dilute 6 μl of CeIlFECTIN reagent (Cat. #10362-010 Invitrogen Corporation) in into 100 μl Sf-900II SFM without pen/strep. Combined the 2 solutions together and incubated 30 minutes at room temperature. Washed the cells once by aspirating old media and adding Sf-900II SFM without pen/strep. Removed media and add 0.8 ml Sf-900II SFM without pen/strep to each well. Added lipid/DNA to well. Incubated 5 hours in 27 0C incubator. Removed media and replaced with 2 ml Sf-900II SFM containing Penicillin/Streptomycin. Placed in 27 0C incubator.
Day 3. Pl to P2
[0304] In a T75 Tissue Culture Flask seeded 6X10E6 SF9 cells in a total volume of 14 ml Sf-900II SFM containing Penicillin/Streptomycin. Allowed to attach for 1 hour. Using a 5 ml pipet removed supernatant containing infectious Pl RON Baculovirus particles from the transfected well of the 6 well and transferred directly into T75 Flask. Placed in 27 0C incubator.
Day 10. P2 to P3
[0305] On Day 10 Harvested RON Baculovirus supernatant and cells by vigorously pipeting the media to remove the cells from the flask wall. Pipeted the media and cells into a 15ml sterile conical tube and centrifuged the tube at @2000 rpm at room temperature for 5 minutes. Saved supernatant (P2). Cells were analyzed for protein expression by western blot.
P 3 infection
[0306] Seeded SF21 cells in a 500 ml suspension flask at 2X10E6 cells per ml. In a total volume of 200 ml. Added infectious RON supernatant (14 ml) from P2 expression to suspension flask. Incubated at 27 0C, shaking at 120-130 rpm. Expressed protein for 72 hours. Harvested 1 ml cells and western blot to determine expression. Harvested P3 supernatant by centrifugation 3000 rpm for 15 minutes at room temperature. Sterile filtered viral supernatant.
Scale up
[0307] Seeded 6 liters of SF21 cells at 2X10E6 cells per ml in 1 liter of cells in 2-liter suspension flasks. Infected cells with 10 ml of P3 RON baculovirus per liter, 2ml of CDC37 baculovirus, and 2ml of Hsp90 baculovirus per liter. Incubated at 27 0C, shaking at 120-130 rpm. Expressed protein for 48 hours. Harvested 1 ml cells from each liter and western blot to determine expression and pelleted remaining cells and froze at -80 0C. [0308] Cells are collected by centrifugation and the pellet is stored at - 8O0C. After thawing at room temperature, cells were lysed in lysis buffer (5OmM Tris-HCl pH7.7, 25OmM NaCl) and centrifuged to remove cell debris. RONKD is purified as follows. The soluble fraction is purified over an IMAC column charged with nickel (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), and eluted under native conditions with a gradient of 2OmM to 50OmM imidazole in 5OmM Tris.pH7.8, 1OmM methionine, 10% glycerol. Fractions containing the RONKD protein are pooled. TEV protease (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) is added to the pool to cleave the His-tag and incubated O/N at 4°C while dialyzing in 5OmM Tris pH7.8, 1OmM methionine, 10% glycerol to remove the imidazole. The RONKD protein is passed over an IMAC column, charged with nickel, a second time. The cleaved RON is recovered from the flowthrough, whereas the uncleaved protein, and the His-tagged TEV protease remain bound to the column. RONKD is then further purified by gel filtration using a Superdex 200 preparative grade column equilibrated in GF4 buffer (1OmM HEPES, 1OmM methionine, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM DTT, and 10% glycerol). Fractions containing the purified RONKD kinase domain are pooled, concentrated to 8.5mg/ml, flash frozen and stored at -8O0C. The protein obtained is 95% pure as judged by electrophoresis on SDS polyacrylamide gels. Mass spectroscopic analysis of the purified protein showed that it is predominantly singly phosphorylated. [0309] Three crystal forms of Homo sapiens RON polypeptides have been used to obtain the molecular structure coordinates of the invention. For example, and in the case of crystal Form A, it has been found that a sitting drop containing 1.0 μl of RONKD- M1254T polypeptide = 11 mg/ml in 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM sodium chloride, 1OmM methionine, 1.0 mM AMP-PNP, 2.0 mM magnesium chloride and 1.0 μl reservoir solution: 10 % (w/v) polyethylene glycol 8000, 200 mM calcium acetate, and 100 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 in a sealed container containing 100.0 μL reservoir solution, incubated for 3 days at 4°C provides diffraction quality crystals. For crystal Form B, it has been found that a hanging drop containing 1.0 μl of RONKD-M1254T polypeptide = 11 mg/ml in 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM sodium chloride, 1OmM methionine, and 1.0 μl reservoir solution: 22 % (w/v) polyethylene glycol 4000, 100 mM magnesium sulfate, and 10% (v/v) glycerol, in a sealed container containing 500.0 μL reservoir solution, incubated for 3 days at 4°C provides diffraction quality crystals. For crystal Form C, it has been found that a sitting drop containing 1.0 μl of RONKD-M1254T polypeptide = 11 mg/ml in 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM sodium chloride, 1OmM methionine, 1.0 mM AMP-PNP, 2.0 mM magnesium chloride and 1.0 μl reservoir solution: 20 % (w/v) polyethylene glycol 10000, and 100 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 in a sealed container containing 100.0 μL reservoir solution, incubated for 3 days at 21°C provides diffraction quality crystals. Crystal Form A of Homo sapiens RON (without the M1254T mutation) has also been obtained from a sitting drop containing 1.0 μl of RON polypeptide = 12 mg/ml in 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 150 mM sodium chloride, 1OmM methionine, 1.0 mM AMP-PNP, 2.0 mM magnesium chloride and 1.0 μl reservoir solution: 16 % (w/v) polyethylene glycol 3000, 290 mM calcium acetate, and 100 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.0 in a sealed container containing 500.0 μL reservoir solution, incubated for 3 days at 4°C. Structure S417 was obtained from Crystal A; Strurcture S431 was obtained from crystal form B; and structure S482 was obtained from crystal form C.
[0310] Other examples of methods of obtaining a crystal comprise the steps of: (a) mixing a volume of a solution comprising the RON with a volume of a reservoir solution comprising a precipitant, such as, for example, polyethylene glycol; and (b) incubating the mixture obtained in step (a) over the reservoir solution in a closed container, under conditions suitable for crystallization until the crystal forms. A range of about 5% to about 15% (w/v), or higher, of polyethylene glycol 8000 may be present in the reservoir solution. In another example, the concentration of polyethylene glycol 8000 is about 10% (w/v). The concentration of HEPES is, for example, about 50 mM or higher. The concentration of HEPES is, for example, up to about 200 mM. In another example, the concentration of HEPES is about 100 mM. The concentration of calcium acetate is, for example, about 50 mM or higher. The concentration of calcium acetate is, for example, up to about 500 mM. In another example, the concentration of calcium acetate is about 200 mM. The reservoir solution has a pH of, for example, about 6.5 or about 7. The reservoir solution may, for example, have a pH up to about 8 or about 8.5. In another example, the pH is about 7.5. The temperature is, for example, about 4°C or higher. The temperature may be, for example, up to about 3O0C. In another example, the temperature is from about 40C to about 210C.
[0311] Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that the drop and reservoir volumes may be varied within certain biophysical conditions and still allow crystallization. Example 1.2: Crystal Diffraction Data Collection
[0312] The crystals are individually harvested from their trays and transferred to a cryoprotectant consisting of reservoir solution containing glycerol. After about 2 minutes the crystal is collected and transferred into liquid nitrogen. The crystals are transferred in liquid nitrogen to the Advanced Photon Source (Argonne National Laboratory) where a native data set is collected.
Example 1.3: Structure Determination
[0313]
Table IA Data Collection Statistics
Figure imgf000083_0001
Table IB Data Collection Statistics
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000084_0001
Table 2A Model Refinement Statistics
Figure imgf000084_0002
Figure imgf000085_0001
Table 2B Model Refinement Statistics
Figure imgf000085_0002
Example 1.4: Structure Analyses
[0314] Atomic superpositions are performed with MOE (available from Chemical Computing Group, Inc., Montreal, Quebec, Canada). Per residue solvent accessible surface calculations are done with GRASP (Nicholls et al, "Protein folding and association: insights from the interfacial and thermodynamic properties of hydrocarbons," Proteins, 11 :281-96, 1991). The electrostatic surface is calculated using a probe radius of 1.4A.
[0315] The RON kinase domain adopts the typical bilobal, protein-kinase fold. The N- lobe of the RON kinase domain has a core six-stranded beta sheet; the C-lobe is primarily alpha helical. For two crystal forms described here (Forms A and C), the structure of RON was determined in complex with the nucleotide analog AMP-PNP, which binds within the active-site cleft located between the two lobes. The adenine ring of AMP-PNP forms the canonical hydrogen bonding to backbone groups in the hinge segment joining the N and C lobes. Two edge strands of the N-lobe beta-sheet form the P-loop, which creates a cap over the triphosphate portion of the nucleotide analog. In the structure of RON derived from crystal Form B, the active site is unliganded. The most notable differences between the three RON crystal structures involve the variable relative positioning of the N and C lobes and marked flexibility of the alpha-C helix and activation loop. In Forms A and B of the RON structures, these features are more indicative of an active conformation of the kinase. For example, the base of the activation loop adopts a conformation resembling the catalytically competent state, with the aspartate side chain of the DFG motif directed toward the active-site cleft; and the N-lobe' s alphaC helix is positioned such that a conserved glutamic-acid residue forms a salt bridge with a lysine residue. In contrast, in Form C, a shift in the position of alpha-C helix places these two groups 15 A apart. The conformation of the activation loop differs substantially in the three structures. In Form-A, the activation loop is largely disordered and not visible in the electron-density maps. The Form-B loop has a positioning mimicking that of the activated kinase, with a sulfate anion from the solvent participating in hydrogen-bond interactions analogous to those formed by a phosphorylated tyrosine 190. In Form-C of RON, which resembles a conformationally inactive kinase, the activation loop adopts an unusual, open conformation that sequesters the tyrosine 190 phosphorylation site. Example 2: Use of RONKD Coordinates for Inhibitor Design
[0316] The coordinates of the disclosed invention, including the coordinates of molecules comprising the binding pocket residues of Figure 4, as well as coordinates of homologs having a rmsd of the backbone atoms of preferably less than 1.5A, more preferably less than 1.25A, more preferably less than lA, more preferably less than 0.75A, and more preferably less than 0.5 A from the coordinates of Figure 4, are used to design compounds, including inhibitory compounds, that associate with RON, or homologs of RON. Such compounds may associate with RON at the active site, in a binding pocket, in an accessory binding pocket, or in parts or all of both regions.
[0317] The process may be aided by using a computer comprising a computer readable database, wherein the database comprises coordinates of an active site, binding pocket, or accessory binding pocket of the disclosed invention. The computer may be programmed, for example, with a set of machine-executable instructions, wherein the recorded instructions are capable of displaying a three-dimensional representation of RON, or portions thereof. The computer is used according to the methods described herein to design compounds that associate with RON, for example, at the active site or a binding pocket.
[0318] A chemical compound library is obtained. The library may be purchased from a publicly available source or commercial supplier, such as, for example, SIGMA- ALDRICH, LANCASTER, FLUKA, ACROS, MAYBRIDGE, CHEMBRIDGE (San Diego, California, www.chembridge.com), Available Chemical Database, or Asinex (Moscow 123182, Russia, www.asinex.com). A filter is used to retain compounds in the library that satisfy the Lipinski rule of five, which states that compounds are likely to have good absorption and permeation in biological systems and are more likely to be successful drug candidates if they meet the following criteria: five or fewer hydrogen-bond donors, ten or fewer hydrogen-bond acceptors, molecular weight less than or equal to 500, and a calculated logP less than or equal to 5. (Lipinski, C.A., et al., Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 23 3-25 (1996)).
[0319] This filter reduces the size of the compound library used to screen against the structure of the disclosed invention. Docking programs described herein, such as, for example, DOCK, or GOLD, are used to identify compounds that bind to the active site and/or binding pocket. Compounds may be screened against more than one binding pocket of the protein structure, or more than one set of coordinates for the same protein, taking into account different molecular dynamic conformations of the protein. Consensus scoring may then be used to identify the compounds that are the best fit for the protein (Charifson, P.S. et al., J. Med. Chem. 42:5100-9 (1999)). Data obtained from more than one protein molecule structure may also be scored according to the methods described in Klingler et al., U.S. Utility Application, filed May 3, 2002, entitled "Computer Systems and Methods for Virtual Screening of Compounds." Compounds having the best fit are then obtained from the producer of the chemical library, or synthesized, and used in binding assays and bioassays.
[0320] The coordinates of the disclosed invention are also used to determine pharmacophores. These pharmacophores may be designed after reviewing results from the use of a docking program, to determine the shape of the RON pharmacophore. Alternatively, programs such as GRID are used to calculate the properties of a pharmacophore. Once the pharmacophore is determined, it may be used to screen chemical libraries for compounds that fit within the pharmacophore. [0321] The coordinates of the disclosed invention are also used to identify substructures that interact with various portions of an active site or binding pocket of RON. Once a substructure, or set of substructures, is determined, it is used to screen a chemical library for compounds comprising the substructure or set of substructures. The identified compounds are then docked to, for example, the active site or binding pocket.
Example 3: Bioassav
[0322] The kinase assays may use various forms of RONKD and RON, including, for example, RONKD or the RON molecule itself, or a portion thereof.
Binding Assay:
[0323] To measure the binding of a compound to RON or RONKD, a test kit manufactured by Promega (Kinase-Glo™ luciferase assay) is used. Briefly, residual ATP following a kinase reaction is detected by luciferase-mediated light generation. Inhibited kinase activity will result in lower ATP consumption and so more light is generated. RON Kinase assay:
[0324] To assay the kinase activity of RON or RONKD, NIH 3T3 cells are transfected with either empty SRa expression vector or expression vectors containing HA-tagged RON or RONKD. Cells are harvested in M2 buffer (Minden, A. et ah, Science, 266:1719- 23, 1994) 48 h after trans fection. Approximately 100 μg of cell extracts are mixed with anti-HA antibody and protein A-Sepharose and incubated 2 h to overnight at 4°C. The immune complexes are washed twice with M2 buffer and twice in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, and incubated in a kinase buffer containing 20 μM ATP and 5 μCi of [Y-32P]ATP together with either 5 μg of histone H4 or MBP (Boehringer Mannheim) or no substrate, at 300C for 20 min. The reaction is stopped by boiling in 4χ SDS loading buffer. Proteins are resolved by SDS-PAGE, and substrate phosphorylation and autophosphorylation are visualized by autoradiography.
[0325] To measure autophosphorylation of purified RON or RONKD, recombinant RON or RONKD (2 μg bound to protein G-Sepharose conjugated with monoclonal glu- glu antibody) is washed once and incubated in 40 μl of kinase buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM MnCl2) with 2 μg of either Racl or Cdc42Hs, all previously loaded with GTP or GDP. The reaction is initiated by adding 10 μl of kinase buffer containing 50 μM ATP and 5 μCi of [If-32P]ATP and incubated for 20 min at 3O0C. The reaction is stopped by adding 10 μl of 5χ SDS-PAGE sample buffer and boiling for 5 min. Samples are applied to a 14% SDS-PAGE gel and exposed to film. [0326] To measure modulation, activation, or inhibition of RON or RONKD kinase activity, a test compound is added to the assay at a range of concentrations. Inhibitors may, for example, inhibit RON or RONKD activity at an IC50 under 100 μM, for example under 10 μM, for example, under 1 μM, in the nanomolar range, or, for example, in the sub-nanomolar range.
Apoptosis Assay:
[0327] The ability of RONor RONKD to protect cells against apoptosis and delay caspase activation is measured as described (Gnesutta, N., et al., J. Biol. Chem., 276: 14414-19, 2001). NIH3T3 cells are stably transfected with either control, wild-type, or mutant RON or RONKD vector (Qu, J. et al., MoI Cell Biol, 10: 3523-33, 2001). To estimate the level of apoptosis and survival of stably transfected cell lines, equal numbers of cells are seeded in growth medium in 3.5-, 6-, or 10-cm plates. After 48 hours, cells are assayed for apoptosis induction following treatments with UV irradiation, tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNFα), and serum deprivation. For UV irradiation, cells are washed twice in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). After removal of the PBS, cells are exposed to 50 J/m2 UV-light in a UV cross-linker (Fisher) followed by addition of fresh medium. For TNFα treatment, cells are washed once with fresh medium that was replaced by medium containing TNFα and cycloheximide (CHX) either alone or in combination at a concentration of 10 ng/ml and 10 μg/ml, respectively (CHX is used as a control to block the NF-kB-mediated survival pathway induced by TNFα). For serum deprivation experiments, cells are washed once with medium without serum, followed by addition of fresh medium containing 0.1, 0.5, or 10% serum for 24 h. After stimulation, cells are collected at 1 h, 2 h, and 4 h intervals and fixed for flow cytometry analysis or used to prepare total cell extracts. To determine the percentage of cell death by flow cytometry analysis, cells with DNA content lower than the G[ peak(sub-Gi) are considered to be apoptotic. Caspase-3-like activity is examined by Western blot analysis of the caspase-3 substrate PARP in equal amounts of cell lysate. Detection of the M,- 85,000 proteolytic product of PARPis used as an indication of caspase activity. To examine nuclear condensation, cells stained with Hoechst 33258 are analyzed by fluorescence microscopy. Cells that displayed condensed chromatin and blebbed nuclei are considered apoptotic. To determine the amount of cell death in each clone, apoptotic cells are counted in the same number of viewing fields. To determine survival rates, cells are seeded in 6-well plates and treated as described above. At the indicated time point, the medium is aspirated, and floating cells are removed by washing twice with PBS. Attached cells are collected and counted. The survival rate is expressed in percentage of surviving cells in treated cells compared with the untreated control.
[0328] To measure modulation, activation, or inhibition of RONKD, a test compound is added to the assay at a range of concentrations. Inhibitors may inhibit RONKD activity at an IC50 in the nanomolar range, and, for example, in the subnanomolar range.
Example 4: Formulation and Administration
[0329] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising RON modulators, such as inhibitors, are useful, for example, for treating unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell proliferation, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell migration, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell differentiation, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating gene expression, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating angiogenesis, unwanted (or undesired) or modulating cell invasion, or unwanted (or undesired) metastasis. [0330] They may be, for example, target protein modulators such as, for example, inhibitors, which are useful, for example, as antimicrobial agents, as antiviral agents, for modulating protein kinase activity, treatment of conditions mediated by human signal - transduction kinase activity such cancer and neurodegenerative disorders, as well as disease associated with aberrant cytoskeletal rearrangement, neuronal cell differentiation, and cell cycle progression. Pharmaceutical preparations of the disclosed invention are also useful in PET studies, using isotope derivatives of the compounds, such as, for example, 19F, 11O, and 12C.
[0331] While the compounds of the disclosed invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases, and may also be used as agents for agricultural use, for example, as herbicides, fungicides, or pesticides. Pharmaceutical compositions containing target protein affecters may also be used to modify the activity of homologs of target protein. The compounds of the disclosed invention include geometric and optical isomers. [0332] In therapeutic and/or diagnostic applications, the compounds of the invention may be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic and topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
[0333] The compounds according to the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from 0.01 to 1000 mg from 0.5 to 100 mg, and from 1 to 50 mg per day, from 5 to 40 mg per day are examples of dosages that may be used. One example of a dosage is 10 to 30 mg per day. The exact dosage will depend upon the route of administration, the form in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
[0334] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may include, by way of example but not limitation, acetate, benzenesulfonate, besylate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, or teoclate. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000). Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, for example, acetate, benzoate, bromide, carbonate, citrate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, napsylate, pamoate (embonate), phosphate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, or tartrate.
[0335] Depending on the specific conditions being treated, such agents may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally. The agents may be delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained- low release form as is known to those skilled in the art. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000). Suitable routes may include oral, buccal, sublingual, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, nasal or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections. [0336] For injection, the agents of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, such as in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For such transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art. Use of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers to formulate the compounds herein disclosed for the practice of the invention into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the invention. With proper choice of carrier and suitable manufacturing practice, the compositions of the disclosed invention, in particular, those formulated as solutions, may be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection. The compounds may be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
[0337] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the disclosed invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
[0338] In addition to the active ingredients, these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which may be used pharmaceutically. The preparations formulated for oral administration may be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules, or solutions.
[0339] Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use may be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
[0340] Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dye-stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
[0341] Pharmaceutical preparations that may be used orally include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs). In addition, stabilizers may be added. [0342] The disclosed invention is not to be limited in scope by the exemplified embodiments, which are intended as illustrations of single aspects of the invention. Indeed, , it will be understood that the invention is capable of further modifications based on the foregoing description and accompanying drawings. This application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention and including such departures from the present disclosure as come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains and as may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth. References cited throughout this application are examples of the level of skill in the art and are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, whether previously specifically incorporated or not.

Claims

Claims
1. A RON or RONKD protein, or a functional RONKD protein subunit, in crystalline form.
2. The crystalline protein or functional protein subunit of claim 1, which is a heavy-atom derivative crystal.
3. The crystalline protein or functional protein subunit of claim 2, in which RONKD protein is a mutant.
4. The crystalline protein of claim 3, which is characterized by a set of structural coordinates that is substantially similar to the set of structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
5. A crystal comprising RON or RONKD protein and a ligand.
6. A method of identifying a ligand that binds RON or RONKD protein, comprising; a) forming a co-crystal of a test ligand and RON or RONKD protein; b) analyzing said co-crystal using x-ray crystallography; and c) using said analysis to determine whether said test ligand binds RON or RONKD protein.
7. The method of claim 6 wherein said co-crystal is obtained by soaking a RON or RONKD protein crystal in a solution comprising said test ligand.
8. The method of claim 7 wherein said co-crystal is obtained by co-crystallizing RON or RONKD protein in the presence of said test ligand.
9. A machine-readable medium embedded with information that corresponds to a three-dimensional structural representation of a crystalline protein of claim 1.
10. The machine-readable medium of claim 9, embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 50% of the coordinates thereof.
11. The machine-readable medium of claim 9, embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or at least 80% of the coordinates thereof.
12. The machine-readable medium of claim 9, embedded with the molecular structural coordinates of a protein molecule comprising a RONKD protein binding pocket, wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids having the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or by the structural coordinates of a binding pocket homolog, wherein said the root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket and said binding pocket homolog is less than 2.0A.
13. The machine-readable medium of claim 12, wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
14. The machine-readable medium of claim 13, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
15. The machine-readable medium of claim 14, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
16. A method of electronically transmitting all or part of the information stored in the machine-readable medium of claim 9.
17. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising the three- dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) obtaining three-dimensional structural coordinates defining said protein or a binding pocket of said protein, from a crystal of said protein; and b) introducing said structural coordinates into a computer to produce a database containing the molecular structural coordinates of said protein or said binding pocket.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein said binding pocket of said protein is part of a co-complex with at least one ligand.
19. The method of claim 17 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids.
20. The method of claim 19 wherein said computer is capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure comprising said binding pocket using said structural coordinates.
21. The method of claim 19 wherein said binding pocket further comprises additional amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein said binding pocket further comprises yet additional amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
23. The method of claim 17 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids selected Figure 3, 4, or 5.
24. The method of claim 23 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
27. The method of claim 17, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
28. A computer readable database produced by claim 17.
29. A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced by claim 17.
30. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by claim 17; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the binding pocket of said RONKD protein; and e) storing a representation of a compound that fits into the binding pocket into a computer readable database.
31. The method of claim 30 wherein in e), said representation is stored in the database produced by claim 17.
32. The method of claim 30, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound.
33. The method of claim 30, wherein said generating of a three-dimensional representation of the binding pocket comprises use of structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket of less than 2.0A from the structural coordinates of the corresponding residues according to Fig. 3, 4, or 5.
34. The method of claim 30, wherein said at least one binding test compound is selected by a method selected from i) selecting a compound from a small molecule database, (ii) modifying a known inhibitor, substrate, reaction intermediate, or reaction product, or a portion thereof, of RONKD, (iii) assembling chemical fragments or groups into a compound, and (iv) de novo ligand design of said compound.
35. The method of claim 30, wherein said assessing of whether a test compound model fits is by docking the model to said representation of said RONKD binding pocket and/or performing energy minimization.
36. The method of claim 30 further comprising f) preparing a binding test compound represented in said computer readable database; g) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said RONKD protein binding pocket; h) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and i) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer readable database.
37. The method of claim 35 wherein in i), said representation is stored in said database.
38. The method of claim 35, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three- dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound.
39. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a co-crystal with a compound, said method comprising a) preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by claim 30; b) forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of a RONKD protein; c) obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co- crystal; and d) introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co- crystal into a computer-readable database.
40. The method of claim 39, further comprising introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database.
41. The method of claim 30 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids.
42. The method of claim 41 wherein said computer is capable of utilizing or displaying a three-dimensional molecular structure of said binding pocket using said structural coordinates.
43. The method of claim 42 wherein said binding pocket further comprises amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
44. The method of claim 43 wherein said binding pocket further comprises yet additional amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
45. The method of claim 30 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids of Figure 3, 4, or
5.
46. The method of claim 45 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
49. The method of claim 30, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
50. A computer readable database produced by claim 30.
51. A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced using the method of claim 17.
52. A method of modulating RONKD protein activity comprising contacting said RONKD with a compound, wherein said compound is represented in a database produced by the method of claim 30.
53. A method of producing a compound comprising a three-dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in a computer readable database produced by claim 30 comprising synthesizing said compound wherein said compound binds in a binding pocket of RONKD protein.
54. A method of modulating RONKD protein activity, comprising contacting said RONKD protein with a compound produced by claim 53.
55. A method of identifying an activator or inhibitor of a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket, comprising a) producing a compound according to claim 53; b) contacting said compound with a protein that comprises a RONKD active site or binding pocket; and c) determining whether the potential modulator activates or inhibits the activity of said protein.
56. A method of producing an activator or inhibitor identified by claim 55.
57. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by claim 17; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the protein or a binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) designing a three-dimensional model of a compound that forms non- covalent bonds with amino acids of a binding pocket of said representation; and d) storing a representation of said compound into a computer readable database.
58. The method of claim 58, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional structural coordinates of the compound.
59. The method of claim 57 further comprising e) preparing a binding test compound comprising a three-dimensional molecular structure represented by the coordinates contained in said computer readable database; f) contacting said compound in a binding assay with a protein comprising said binding pocket of a RONKD protein; g) determining whether said test compound binds to said protein in said assay; and h) introducing a representation of a compound that binds to said protein in said assay into a computer-readable database.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional structural coordinates of the compound.
61. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a binding pocket of a RONKD protein in a co-crystal with a compound rationally designed to be capable of binding said binding pocket, said method comprising a) preparing a binding test compound represented in a computer readable database produced by claim 57; b) forming a co-crystal of said compound with a protein comprising a binding pocket of a RONKD protein; c) obtaining the structural coordinates of said binding pocket in said co- crystal; and d) introducing the structural coordinates of said binding pocket or said co- crystal into a computer-readable database.
62. The method of claim 61 , further comprising introducing the structural coordinates of said compound in said co-crystal into said database.
63. The method of claim 57 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids.
64. The method of claim 63 wherein said binding pocket further comprises amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
65. The method of claim 64 wherein said binding pocket further comprises yet additional amino acids corresponding to Figure 3, 4, or 5.
66. The method of claim 57 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids of Figure 3, 4, or
5.
67. The method of claim 66 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
69. The method of claim 68, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
70. The method of claim 57, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
71. A computer readable database produced using the method of claim 57.
72 A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced using the method of claim 57.
73 A method of producing a computer readable database comprising structural information about a molecule or a molecular complex of unknown structure comprising: a) generating an x-ray diffraction pattern from a crystallized form of said molecule or molecular complex; b) using a molecular replacement method to interpret the structure of said molecule; wherein said molecular replacement method uses the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of claim 1, or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or a subset thereof comprising a binding pocket, the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or structural coordinates having a root mean square deviation for the alpha- carbon atoms of said structural coordinates of less than 2.0A; and c) storing the coordinates of the resulting structure in a computer readable database.
74. The method of claim 73 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids.
75. The method of claim 74 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
76. The method of claim 75, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
78. The method of claim 73, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
79. A computer readable database produced using the method of claim 73.
80. A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced by claim 73.
81. A method for homology modeling the structure of a RONKD protein homolog comprising: a) aligning the amino acid sequence of a RONKD protein homolog with an amino acid sequence of RONKD protein; b) incorporating the sequence of the RONKD protein homolog into a model of the structure of RONKD protein, wherein said model has the same structural coordinates as the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of claim 1 , or the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or wherein the structural coordinates of said model's alpha-carbon atoms have a root mean square deviation from the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, of less than 2.θA to yield a preliminary model of said homolog; c) subjecting the preliminary model to energy minimization to yield an energy minimized model; and d) remodeling regions of the energy minimized model where stereochemistry restraints are violated to yield a final model of said homolog.
82. A method for identifying a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3 -dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of claim 1, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
83. The method of claim 82 further comprising the steps of: e) computationally modifying the structural coordinates or 3 -dimensional conformation of said chemical entity to improve the likelihood of binding to said binding pocket; and b) determining whether said modified chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
84. The method of claim 82 wherein determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the protein or homolog; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between, or the interference with, the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
85. The method of claim 82 wherein a library of structural coordinates of chemical entities is used to identify a compound that binds.
86. A method for designing a compound that binds RONKD protein comprising: a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates, or a 3-dimensional conformation derived therefrom, for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket comprising the structural coordinates of a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of claim 1 , or a homolog thereof; b) computationally building a chemical entity represented by set of structural coordinates; and c) determining whether the chemical entity is expected to bind to said molecule.
87. The method of claim 86, wherein determining whether the chemical entity potentially binds to said molecule comprises performing a fitting operation between the chemical entity and a binding pocket of the molecule; and computationally analyzing the results of the fitting operation to quantify the association between the chemical entity and the binding pocket.
88. The method of claim 86 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids.
89. The method of claim 88 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
90. The method of claim 89, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
91. The method of claim 90, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
92. The method of claim 86, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
93. A method of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three-dimensional structure of RONKD protein having structural coordinates selected from the group consisting of the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of claim 1, the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, and the structural coordinates of a protein having a root mean square deviation of the alpha carbon atoms of said protein of less than 2.0 A when compared to the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or
5; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one structural part of the RONKD protein molecule wherein an alteration in said structural part is predicted to result in said altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule coding for a RONKD mutant protein having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to said structural part; and d) expressing said nucleic acid molecule to produce said mutant; wherein said mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent.
94. A method of producing a mutant RONKD protein, having an altered property relative to RONKD protein, comprising, a) constructing a three-dimensional structure of a molecule comprising a binding pocket, wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids having the structural coordinates of a crystalline protein of claim 1, the structural coordinates of Fig. 3, 4, or 5, or the structural coordinates of a binding pocket homolog, wherein said the root mean square deviation of the backbone atoms of the amino acid residues of said binding pocket and said binding pocket homolog is less than 2.θA; b) using modeling methods to identify in the three-dimensional structure at least one portion of said binding pocket wherein an alteration in said portion is predicted to result in said altered property; c) providing a nucleic acid molecule coding for a mutant RONKD protein having a modified sequence that encodes a deletion, insertion, or substitution of one or more amino acids at a position corresponding to said portion; and d) expressing said nucleic acid molecule to produce said mutant; wherein said mutant has at least one altered property relative to the parent.
95. A method of producing a computer readable database containing the three- dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a compound capable of binding the active site or binding pocket of a protein molecule, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by claim 17; b) generating a three-dimensional representation of the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein in said computer program; c) superimposing a three-dimensional model of at least one binding test compound on said representation of the active site or binding pocket; d) assessing whether said test compound model fits spatially into the active site or binding pocket of said RONKD protein; e) assessing whether a compound that fits will fit a three-dimensional model of another protein, the structural coordinates of which are also introduced into said computer program and used to generate a three-dimensional representation of the other protein; and f) storing the three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of a model that does not fit the other protein into a computer readable database.
96. A method for determining whether a compound binds RONKD protein, comprising, a) providing a computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates or a 3-dimensional conformation for a molecule that comprises a binding pocket of a crystalline protein of claim 1 , RONKD protein, or a homolog thereof; b) providing a said computer modeling program with a set of structural coordinates of a chemical entity; c) using said computer modeling program to evaluate the potential binding or interfering interactions between the chemical entity and said binding pocket; and d) determining whether said chemical entity potentially binds to or interferes with said protein or homolog.
97. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising, a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by claim 17; b) determining a pharmacophore that fits within said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s) or portion(s) thereof fit said pharmacophore; and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) or portion(s) thereof into a computer readable database.
98. The method of claim 97, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound.
99. The method of claim 97 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids.
100. The method of claim 99 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
101. The method of claim 100, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
102. The method of claim 101, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
103. The method of claim 97, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
104. A computer readable database produced using the method of claim 97.
105. A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced using the method of claim 97.
106. A method of producing a computer readable database comprising a representation of a compound capable of binding a binding pocket of a RONKD protein, said method comprising a) introducing into a computer program a computer readable database produced by claim 17; b) determining a chemical moiety that interacts with said binding pocket; c) computationally screening a plurality of compounds to determine which compound(s)comprise said moiety as a substructure of said compound(s); and d) storing a representation of said compound(s) that comprise said substructure into a computer readable database.
107. The method of claim 106, wherein said representation is selected from the group consisting of the compound's name, a chemical or molecular formula of the compound, a chemical structure of the compound, an identifier for the compound, and three-dimensional molecular structural coordinates of the compound.
108. The method of claim 106 wherein said binding pocket comprises a binding pocket defined by the structural coordinates of at least three amino acids.
109. The method of claim 108 wherein said binding pocket comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 6.
110. The method of claim 109, wherein said binding pocket further comprises according to the sequence of Fig. 7.
111. The method of claim 110, wherein said binding pocket further comprises at least three amino acids according to the sequence of Fig. 8.
112. The method of claim 106, wherein said binding pocket comprises an active site.
113. A computer readable database produced using the method of claim 106.
114. A method comprising electronic transmission of all or part of the computer readable database produced using the method of claim 106.
115. Crystallizable RON protein.
116. A method of purifying RON protein linked to a histidine tag comprising: a) obtaining a translation vector comprising a coding sequence for RON protein, linked to a histidine tag; b) performing size exclusion chromatography; and c) performing nickel chelating column chromatography.
117. Purified RONKD polypeptide.
118. The method of claim 117 wherein said polypeptide is 98% pure.
119. The method of claim 117 wherein said polypeptide is unphosphorylated.
120. A method of purifying RON polypeptide, comprising expressing RON in insect cells; obtaining a soluble protein fraction from said insect cells; using a two column chromatograph procedure to obtain purified RON.
121. An insect cell capable of expressing RON.
122. The insect cell of claim 121, wherein said insect cell comprises a vector, wherein said vector comprises a nucleic acid sequence coding for RON.
123. The use of the methods of any of claims 6- 122 for drug discovery.
PCT/US2007/080991 2006-10-13 2007-10-10 Crystals and structures of ron kinase WO2008067045A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US82950606P 2006-10-13 2006-10-13
US60/829,506 2006-10-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008067045A2 true WO2008067045A2 (en) 2008-06-05
WO2008067045A3 WO2008067045A3 (en) 2008-10-30

Family

ID=39468569

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/080991 WO2008067045A2 (en) 2006-10-13 2007-10-10 Crystals and structures of ron kinase

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2008067045A2 (en)

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050107298A1 (en) * 2003-05-22 2005-05-19 Louie Gordon V. Crystals and structures of c-Abl tyrosine kinase domain

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050107298A1 (en) * 2003-05-22 2005-05-19 Louie Gordon V. Crystals and structures of c-Abl tyrosine kinase domain

Non-Patent Citations (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANGELONI D ET AL: "Gene structure of the human receptor tyrosine kinase RON and mutation analysis in lung cancer samples." GENES, CHROMOSOMES & CANCER OCT 2000, vol. 29, no. 2, October 2000 (2000-10), pages 147-156, XP002491741 ISSN: 1045-2257 *
BALAKIN KONSTANTIN V ET AL: "Rational design approaches to chemical libraries for hit identification." CURRENT DRUG DISCOVERY TECHNOLOGIES MAR 2006, vol. 3, no. 1, March 2006 (2006-03), pages 49-65, XP009104569 ISSN: 1570-1638 *
CHEN YI-QING ET AL: "Targeted expression of the receptor tyrosine kinase RON in distal lung epithelial cells results in multiple tumor formation: oncogenic potential of RON in vivo." ONCOGENE 12 SEP 2002, vol. 21, no. 41, 12 September 2002 (2002-09-12), pages 6382-6386, XP002491940 ISSN: 0950-9232 *
COLLESI CHIARA ET AL: "A splicing variant of the RON transcript induces constitutive tyrosine kinase activity and an invasive phenotype" MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR MICROBIOLOGY, WASHINGTON, US, vol. 16, no. 10, 1 January 1996 (1996-01-01), pages 5518-5526, XP002411431 ISSN: 0270-7306 *
CONGREVE M ET AL: "Keynote review: Structural biology and drug discovery" DRUG DISCOVERY TODAY, ELSEVIER, RAHWAY, NJ, US, vol. 10, no. 13, 1 July 2005 (2005-07-01), pages 895-907, XP004966896 ISSN: 1359-6446 *
DANILKOVITCH-MIAGKOVA ALLA: "Oncogenic signaling pathways activated by RON receptor tyrosine kinase." CURRENT CANCER DRUG TARGETS FEB 2003, vol. 3, no. 1, February 2003 (2003-02), pages 31-40, XP009104463 ISSN: 1568-0096 *
GAUDINO G ET AL: "RON IS A HETERODIMERIC TYROSINE KINASE RECEPTOR ACTIVATED BY THE HGF HOMOLOGUE MSP" EMBO JOURNAL, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, SURREY, GB, vol. 13, no. 15, 1 January 1994 (1994-01-01), pages 3524-3532, XP002036128 ISSN: 0261-4189 *
LANGER T ET AL: "CHEMICAL FEATURE-BASED PHARMACOPHORES AND VIRTUAL LIBRARY SCREENING FOR DISCOVERY OF NEW LEADS" CURRENT OPINION IN DRUG DISCOVERY AND DEVELOPMENT, CURRENT DRUGS, LONDON, GB, vol. 6, no. 3, 1 May 2003 (2003-05-01), pages 370-376, XP008056088 ISSN: 1367-6733 *
MORETTI L., TCHERNIN L. , SCAPOZZA L.: "Tyrosine Kinase drug discovery: what can be learned from solved crystal structures?" ARKIVOC, vol. viii, 16 May 2006 (2006-05-16), pages 38-49, XP002491744 http://www.arkat-usa.org/arkivoc-journal/b rowse-arkivoc/2006/8/ *
NOBLE MARTIN E M ET AL: "Protein kinase inhibitors: insights into drug design from structure." SCIENCE (NEW YORK, N.Y.) 19 MAR 2004, vol. 303, no. 5665, 19 March 2004 (2004-03-19), pages 1800-1805, XP002492249 ISSN: 1095-9203 *
O'TOOLE JENNIFER M ET AL: "Therapeutic implications of a human neutralizing antibody to the macrophage-stimulating protein receptor tyrosine kinase (RON), a c-MET family member" CANCER RESEARCH, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR CANCER RESEARCH, BALTIMORE, MD, vol. 66, no. 18, 15 September 2006 (2006-09-15), pages 9162-9170, XP009102372 ISSN: 0008-5472 *
PEACE BELINDA E ET AL: "Point mutations and overexpression of Ron induce transformation, tumor formation, and metastasis" ONCOGENE, BASINGSTOKE, HANTS, GB, vol. 20, no. 43, 27 September 2001 (2001-09-27), pages 6142-6151, XP009102370 ISSN: 0950-9232 *
RAMSAY CAMP E ET AL: "RON, a Tyrosine Kinase Receptor Involved in Tumor Progression and Metastasis" ANNALS OF SURGICAL ONCOLOGY, SPRINGER-VERLAG, NE, vol. 12, no. 4, 1 April 2005 (2005-04-01), pages 273-281, XP019369668 ISSN: 1534-4681 *
SCHIERING NIKOLAUS ET AL: "Crystal structure of the tyrosine kinase domain of the hepatocyte growth factor receptor c-Met and its complex with the microbial alkaloid K-252a." PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 28 OCT 2003, vol. 100, no. 22, 28 October 2003 (2003-10-28), pages 12654-12659, XP002491742 ISSN: 0027-8424 *
SCHNEIDER G ET AL: "VIRTUAL SCREENING AND FAST AUTOMATED DOCKING METHODS" DRUG DISCOVERY TODAY, ELSEVIER, RAHWAY, NJ, US, vol. 7, no. 1, 1 January 2002 (2002-01-01), page 64, XP009069134 ISSN: 1359-6446 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008067045A3 (en) 2008-10-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20130137125A1 (en) Crystal structure of human jak3 kinase domain complex and binding pockets thereof
CA2477980A1 (en) Crystalline structure of human mapkap kinase-2
US20030229453A1 (en) Crystals and structures of PAK4KD kinase PAK4KD
US20030129656A1 (en) Crystals and structures of a bacterial nucleic acid binding protein
US20030073134A1 (en) Crystals and structures of 2C-methyl-D-erythritol 2,4-cyclodiphosphate synthase MECPS
US20030187220A1 (en) Crystals and structures of a flavin mononucleotide binding protein (FMNBP)
US20030171904A1 (en) Crystals and structures of ATP phosphoribosyltransferase
US20030225527A1 (en) Crystals and structures of MST3
US7584087B2 (en) Structure of protein kinase C theta
US20040253178A1 (en) Crystals and structures of spleen tyrosine kinase SYKKD
US20030101005A1 (en) Crystals and structures of perosamine synthase homologs
US20040248800A1 (en) Crystals and structures of epidermal growth factor receptor kinase domain
US20030171549A1 (en) Crystals and structures of YiiM proteins
US20050107298A1 (en) Crystals and structures of c-Abl tyrosine kinase domain
US20050112746A1 (en) Crystals and structures of protein kinase CHK2
WO2008067045A2 (en) Crystals and structures of ron kinase
US20040253641A1 (en) Crystals and structures of ephrin receptor EPHA7
US20030158384A1 (en) Crystals and structures of members of the E. coli comA and yddB protein families (ComA)
US20050069558A1 (en) Crystals and structures of SARS-CoV main protease
US8088611B2 (en) Kinase domain polypeptide of human protein kinase B gamma (AKT3)
WO2003089570A2 (en) CRYSTALS AND STRUCTURES OF CMP-KDO SYNTHETASE KdoPS or CKS
WO2003060102A2 (en) Crystal structures of jnk-inhibitor complexes and binding pockets thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07871148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07871148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2